Claude Goulet/2003© l Mise à jour + Comment citer ce lexique l Notre mission : Explorer la nébuleuse Psy ! Auteurs
a b c d e f g h i j k l m Revues
n o p q r s t u v w x y z Ang./Fr.
Fermer


MACCOBY - MACD - MAH - MAL - MAM - MAR - MAS - MASLOW - MAY - MC - MEC - MEM - MÉMOIRE - MES - MET - MI - MO - MOR - MU\MY
Ma Hing Keung ( ) : Spéciliste de l'éducation d'origine chinoise, notamment du développement moral.
MA, H.K. (1989). Moral orientation and moral judgment in adolescents : Hong Kong, Mainland China, and England. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 20, 152-177.
MA, H.K. (2003). The relation of moral orientation and moral judgment to prosocial and antisocial behavior of Chinese adolescents. International Journal of Psychology, 38, 101-111.
MA, H.K. CHEUNG, P.C., & SHEK, D.T.L. (2007). The relation of prosocial orientation to peer interactions, family social environment and personality of Chinese adolescents. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 31 (1), 12-18.
MA, H.K. (2009). Moral development and moral education : an integrated approach. Educational Research Journal, 24 (2), 293-326.
MA, H.K. , LI, S.C. & POW, J.W.C. (2011). The relation of Internet use to prosocial and antisocial behaviour in Chinese adolescents. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 14 (3), 123-130.
Macaque (Macaca mulatta, Macaca arctoides, Macaca fuscata) : Singe. ( ): macaque japonais, macaque rhésus, macaque bonnet. Macaque.

 
WARDEN, C.J. & JACKSON, T.A. (1935). Imitative behavior in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 46, 103-125.  SILK, J.B. (1999). Why are infants so attractive to others ? The form and function of infant handling in bonnet macaques. Animal Behaviour, 57, 1021-1032. [PDF]
WARDEN, C.J., FJELD, H.A. & KOCH, A.M. (1940). Imitative behavior in the cebus and rhesus monkeys. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 56, 311-322. SAKURAI, Y. (1999). Behavioral analysis of delayed matching to samples of stimulus duration by rhesus monkeys. Neuroscience Research, 23 (S), 255.
WARDEN, C.J., KOCH, A.M. & FJELD, H.A. (1940). Instrumentation in Cebus and Rhesus monkeys. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of Genetic Psychology, 56 (2), 2987-310.  
WEINSTEIN, B. (1941). Matching-from-sample by rhesus monkeys and by children. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 31, 195-213. SUOMI, S.J. (1999). Attachment in rhesus monkeys. In J. Cassidy & P.R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment : Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 181-197). New York : Guildford.
DARBY, C.L. & RIOPELLE, A.J. (1959). Observational learning in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Comparative Physiological Psychology, 54, 94-98. CALL, J., AURELI, F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (1999). Reconciliation patterns among stumptail macaques : A multivariate approach. Animal Behaviour, 58, 165-172.
WIESEL, T.N. & HUBEL, D.H. (1966). Spatial and chromatic interactions in the lateral geniculate body of the rhesus monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 29, 1115-1156.  
STEPHENSON, G.R. (1967). Cultural acquisition of a specific learned response among rhesus monkeys. In D. Starek, R. Schneider & H.J. Kuhn. (Eds.), Progress in primatology (pp. 279-288). Stuttgart : Fischer.  
MEDIN, D.L. & DAVIS, R.T. (1967). Color discrimination by rhesus monkeys. Psychonomic Science, 7, 33-34.  
THOMPSON, N.S. (1967). Some variables affecting the behavior of irus macaques in dyadic encounters. Animal Behavior, 15, 307-311. WRIGHT, A.A., RIVERA, J.J., HULSE, S.H., SHYAN, M. & EIWORTH, J. (2000). Music perception and octave generalization in rhesus monkeys. Journal Experimental Psychology General, 129, 291-307.
BUTTER C.M., SNYDER, D.R. & McDONALD, J.A. (1970). Effects of orbitalfrontal lesions on aversive and aggressive behaviors in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 72, 132-144. SAKURAI, Y. (2001). Working memory for temporal and nontemporal events in monkeys. Learning & Memory, 8, 309-316. [PDF]
SUOMI, S.J., HARLOW, H.F. & LEWIS, J.K. (1970). Effect of bilateral frontal lobectomy on social preferences of rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 70, 448-453. BELISLE, P. & CHAPAIS, B. (2001). Tolerated co-feeding in relation to degree of kinship in Japanese macaques. Behaviour, 138 (4), 487-509.
SUOMI, S.J., SACKETT, J.P. & HARLOW, H.F. (1970). Development of sex preferences in rhesus monkeys. Developmental Psychology, 3, 326-336. CHAPAIS, B., SAVARD, L. & GAUTHIER, C. (2001). Kin selection and the distribution of altruism in relation to degree of kinship in Japanese macaques. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 49, 493–502.
SUOMI, S.J., HARLOW, H.F. & KIMBALL, S.D. (1971). Behavioral effects of prolonged partial social isolation in the rhesus monkey. Psychology Reports, 29, 1171-1177. CALL, J., AURELI, F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2002). Postconflict third-party affiliation in stumptailed macaques. Animal Behaviour, 63, 209-216. [PDF]
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J., KLIESE, K.A. & MORAN, E.C. (1973). Can psychopathology be reinduced in rhesus monkeys ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 29, 630-634.  
SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1971). Effects of differential removal from group on social development of rhesus monkeys. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 16, 149-164. ALVARADO, M.C., WRIGHT, A.A. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2002). Object and spatial relational memory in adult rhesus monkeys is impaired by neonatal lesions of the hippocampal formation but not the amygdaloid complex. Hippocampus, 12, 421-433. [PDF]
ROSE, R., BERNSTEIN, I. & GORDON, T. (1975). Consequences of social conflict on plasma testosterone levels in rhesus monkeys. Psychosomatic Medicine, 37, 50-61.  
JOHANSON, C.E. (1977). The effects of electric shock on responding maintained by cocaine injections in a choice procedure in the rhesus monkey. Psychopharmacology, 53 (3), 277-282.  
AIGNER, T.G. & BALSTER, R.L. (1978). Choice behavior in rhesus monkeys : Cocaine versus food. Science, 201, 534-535.  
 SILK, J.B. (1980). Kidnapping and female competition among captive bonnet macaques. Primates, 21, 100-110. TERRACE, H.S., SON, L.K. & BRANNON, E. (2003). Serial expertise of rhesus macaques. Psychological Science, 14 (1), 66-73. [PDF]
 SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1981). Hierarchical organization of female Macaca radiata. Primates, 22, 84-95.  
 SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1981). The influence of kinship, rank, and sex upon affiliation and aggression among adult females and immature bonnet macaques (Macaca radiata). Behaviour, 78, 112-137.  
JOHANSON, C.E. & AIGNER, T. (1981). Comparison of the reinforcing properties of cocaine and procaine in rhesus monkeys. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 15, 49-53.  
SIDMAN, M., RAUZIN, R., LAZAR, R., CUNNINGHAM, S., TAILBY, W. & CARRIGNAN, P. (1982). A search for symmetry in the conditional discriminations of rhesus monkeys, baboons, and children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3 (1), 23-44. [PDF]  
 SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1982). Altruism among adult female bonnet macaques: explanation and analysis of patterns of grooming and coalition formation. Behaviour, 79, 162-187. SUOMI, S.J. (2004). How gene-environment interactions shape biobehavioral development : Lessons from studies with rhesus monkeys. Research in Human Development, 1, 205-222.
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Reproductive activity in relation to male dominance and the likelihood of ovulation in rhesus monkeys. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 12, 215-228. SUBIAUL, F., CANTLON, J., HOLLOWAY, R. & TERRACE, H.S. (2004). Cognitive imitation in rhesus macaques. Science, 305, 407-410. [PDF]
DE LA GARZA, R. & JOHANSON, C.E. (1983).The discriminative stimulus properties of cocaine in the rhesus monkey. Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior, 19, 145-148. SUOMI, S.J. (2005). Genetic and environmental factors inXuencing the expression of impulsive aggression and serotonergic functioning in rhesus monkeys. In R. E. Tremblay, W. W. Hartup, & J. Archer (Eds.), (pp. 63–82). New York: Guilford.
SIDMAN, M., RAUZIN, R., LAZAR, R., CUNNINGHAM, S., TAILBY, W. & CARRIGAN, P. (1982). A search for symmetry in the conditional discriminations of rhesus monkeys, baboons, and children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (1), 23-44. [PDF] NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2006). Observations of meat eating by captive juvenile macaques. Laboratory Primate Newsletter, 45 (1), 1-4.
WOODS, J.H, YOUNG, A.M. & HERLING, S. (1982). Classification of narcotics on the basis of their reinforcing, discriminative, and antagonist effects in rhesus monkeys. Federation Proceedings, 41, 221-227. ROMA, P.G., RIGGIERO, A.M., SCHAWANDT, M.L., HIGLEY, J.D. & SUOMI, S.J. (2006). The kids are alright : Maternal behavioral interactions and stress reactivity in infants of differentially reared rhesus monkeys (2006). Journal of Developmental Processes, 1 (1), 103-122.
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Mate selection among the Cayo Santiago rhesus monkeys. American Journal of Primatology, 4, 328. SUOMI, S.J. (2006). Risk, resilience, and gene X environment interactions in rhesus monkeys. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1094, 52-62.
WOOLVERTON, W.L.& JOHANSEN, C.E. (1984). Preference in rhesus monkeys given a choice between cocaine and d,1- cathinone. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 41 (1), 35–43. [PDF]  
MURRAY, R.D., BOUR, E.S. & SMITH, E.O. (1985). Female menstrual cyclicity and sexual behavior in stumptail macaques (Macaca arctoides). International Journal of Primatology, 6, 101-113. RAOS, V., UMILTÀ, M.A., FO, GASSI, L. & GALLESE, V. (2006). Functional properties of grasping-related neurons in the ventral premotor area F5 of the macaque monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 95, 709-729. [PDF]
YOSHIKUBO, S. (1985). Species discrimination and con- cept formation by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Primates, 26, 285-299. WOOLVERTON, W.L., MYERSON, J. & GREEN, L. (2007). Delay discounting of cocaine by rhesus monkeys. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15, 238-244. [PDF]
FUJITA, K. (1987). Species recognition by five macaque monkeys. Primates, 28, 353-366. LECA, J.B., GUNST, N., WATANABE, K. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). A new case of fish-eating in Japanese macaques : Implications for social constraints on the diffusion of feeding innovation. American Journal of Primatology, 69, 821-828. [PDF]
RIZZOLATTI G., CAMARDA, R., FOGASSI, L., GENTILLUCCI, M., LUPPINO, G. & MATELLI, M.L. (1988). Functional organization of inferior area 6 in the Macaque monkey. II. Area F5 and the control of distal movements. Experimental Brain Research, 71, 491-507. NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Acquisition and development of stone handling behavior in infant Japanese macaques. Behaviour, 144, 1193-1215.
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1989). Observational conditioning of fear to fear-relevant versus fear-irrelevant stimuli in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98 (4), 448-459. [PDF] LECA, J.B., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Japanese macaque cultures : Inter- and intra-troop behavioural variability of stone handling patterns across 10 troops. Behaviour, 144, 251-281. [PDF]
BACHEVALIER, J., BRICKSON, M., HAGGER, C. & MISHKIN, M. (1990). Age and sex differences in the effects of selective temporal lobe lesion on the formation of visual discrimination habits in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Behavioral Neuroscience, 104, 885-899. LECA, J.B., NAHALLAGE, C.A.D., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2008). Stone-throwing by Japanese macaques : form and functional aspects of a group-specific behavioral tradition. Journal of Human Evolution, 55, 989-998. [PDF]
CORRADINO, C. (1990). Proximity structure in a captive colony of Japanese monkeys Macaca fuscata : an application of multidimensional scaling. Primates, 31 (3), 351-362. NELSON, E.L., BERTHIER, N.E., METEVIER, C.M. & NOVAK, M.A. (2011). Evidence for motor planning in monkeys : Rhesus macaques select efficient grips when transporting spoons. Developmental Science, 14, 822-831. [PDF]
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1990). Selective associations in the observational conditioning of fear in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 16 (4), 372-389. LECA, J-B. (2011). Approche intégrée des comportements culturels : Le cas de la manipulation de pierres chez le macaque japonais (macaca fuscata). Techniques & Culture, 57, 3-23. [PDF]
TROISI, A., AURELI, F. & SCHINO, G. (1990). The influence of age, sex, rank on yawning behavior in two species of macaques. Ethology, 86, 303-313. WEISS, A., ADAMS, M.J., WIDDIG, A. & GERALD, M.S. (2011). Rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta) as living fossils of hominoid personality and subjective well-being. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 125, 72-83.
POVINELLI D.J., PARKS, K.A. & NOVAK, M.A. (1991). Do rhesus monkeys attribute knowledge and ignorance to others ? Journal of Comparative Psychology, 105, 318-325. DUBUC, C., HUGHES, K.D., CASCIO, J. & SANTOS, L.R. (2012). Social tolerance in a despotic primate : co-feeding between consortship partners in rhesus macaques. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 148 (1), 7-80. [PDF]
SUOMI, S.J. (1991). Early stress and adult emotional reactivity in rhesus monkeys. Ciba Foundation Symposium, 156, 171–189.  
SWARTZ K.B., HEN, S.F. & TERRACE, H.S. (1991). Serial learning by rhesus monkeys: I. Acquisition and retention of multiple four-item lists. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 17 (4), 396-410 [PDF] NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2012). Stone handling behavior in rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta), a behavioral propensity for solitary object play shared with Japanese macaques. Primates, 53, 71-78. [PDF]
HUFFMAN, M.A. (1992). Influences of female partner preference on possible reproductive outcome in Japanese macaques. Folia Primatologica, 59, 77-88. PARRISH, A.E., PERDUE, P.M., EVANS, T.A. & BERAN, M.J. (2013). Chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) transfer tokens repeatedly with a partner to accumulate rewards in a self-control task. Animal Cognition, 16, 627-636. [PDF]
PRUD'HOMME, J. & CHAPAIS, B. (1996). Development of intervention behavior in Japanese macaques : Testing the targeting hypothesis. Revue International Journal of Primatology, 7 (3), 429-443. SMITH, J.D., COUTINHO, M.V.C., CHURCH, B. & BERAN, M.J. (2013). Executive-attentional uncertainty responses by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta).Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 142, 458-475. [PDF]
WESTERGAARD, G.C & SUOMI, S.J. (1996). Hand preference for a bimanual task in tufted capuchins (Cebus apella) and rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 110, 406-411. SMITH, J.D., FLEMMING, T.M., BOOMER, J., BERAN, M.J. & CHURCH, B.A. (2013). Fading perceptual resemblance : A path for rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta) to conceptual matching ? Cognition, 129 (3), 598-614. [PDF]
CHAPAIS, B., GAUTHIER, C., PRUD'HOMME, J. & VASEY, P. (1997). Relatedness threshold for nepotism in Japanese macaques. Animal Behaviour, 53 (5), 1089-1100. AGRILLO, C., PARRISH, A.E. & BERAN, M.J. (2014). Do rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) perceive the Zöllner illusion ? Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 21, 986-994.
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette. EVANS, T.A., PERDUE, B.M., PARRISH, E.A. & BERAN, M.J. (2014). Working and waiting for better rewards : Self-control in two monkey species (Cebus apella and Macaca mulatta). Behavioural Processes, 103, 236-242.
  Voir aussi Animal et Singe
MacCallum Robert Charles ( ) : Psychologue, statisticien et méthodologiste américain.
 MacCALLUM, R.C. & TUCKER, L.R. (1991). Representing sources of error in the common factor model : Implications for theory and practice. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 502-511.
 MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & SUGARAWA, H.M. (1996). Power analysis and determination of sample size for covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods, 1 (2), 130-149. [PDF]
 MacCALLUM, R.C. & HONG, S. (1997). Power analysis in covariance structure modeling using GFI and AGFI. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 32, 193-210.
 MacCALLUM, R.C., WIDAMAN, K.F., ZHANG, S. & HONG, S. (1999). Sample size in factor analysis. Psychological Methods, 4 (1), 84-99. [PDF]
 MacCALLUM, R.S., ZHANG, S., PREACHER, K.J. & RUCKER, D.D. (2002). On the practice of dichotomization of quantitative variables. Psychological Methods, 7 (1), 19-40. [PDF]
Maccoby Eleanor Emmons (Tacoma 1917-) : Psychologue américaine. Elle a étudié le développement des enfants et plus précisément les différences sexuelles et l'apprentissage des rôles sexuels. Professeur de Rothbart. Collaboratrice de Church, Gelman et Jacklin.

No 70
MACCOBY, E.E. JOHNSON, J.P. & CHURCH, R.M. (1958). Community integration and the social control of juvenile delinquency. Journal of Social Issues, 14, 38-51.
MACCOBY, E.E. & JACKLIN, C.N. (1974). The psychology of sex differences. Stanford : Stanford University Press.
MACCOBY, E.E. (1988/90). Gender as a social category / Le sexe, catégorie sociale. Developmental Psychology, 24 (6), 755-765/Actes de la Recherche en Sciences Sociales, 83, 16-26. [PDF]
MACCOBY, E.E. (1990). Gender and relationships : A developmental account. American Psychologist, 45, 513-520.
MACCOBY, E.E. (1991). Gender and relationships : A reprise. American Psychologist, 46 (5), 538-539. [PDF]
MacCorquodale Kenneth B. (Olivia 1919-1986 Coronado) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste avant la lettre et méthodologiste américain. Il s'est intéressé notamment à la mesure et à la validité des concepts en psychologie. Étudiant de Heron. Professeur de Winokur. Collaborateur de Meehl.

MacCorquodale (à gauche) et Meehl (à droite)
MacCORQUODALE, K. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). On a distinction between hypothetical constructs and intervening variables. Psychological Review, 55, 95-107. [PDF]
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). On the elimination of cul entries without obvious reinforcement. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 44, 367-371.
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1953). Preliminary suggestions as to a formalization of expectancy theory. Psychological Review, 60, 55-63.
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. (1969). Skinner's Verbal Behavior : a retrospective appreciation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (5), 831-841. [PDF]
MacQUORDALE, K. (1970). A reply to Chomsky's review of Skinner's Verbal Behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (1), 83-99. [PDF]
 
THOMPSON, T. (1987). Obituary : Kenneth MacCorquodale (1919-1986). American Psychologist, 42 (6), 601.
MACE - MACH - MACHIAVEL - MacKINNON - MacKINTOSH - MacLEAN - MacLEOD - MacCRAE - MACROSYSTÈME - MADDEN - MAG - MAH
MacDougal Duncan (1866-1920) : Médecin américain, célèbre pour ses expériences visant à mesurer le poids de l'esprit (21 grammes). Il a obtenu ce résultat en pesant six patients juste avant et après leur mort.
MacDOUGAL, D. (1907). The soul : Hypothesis concerning soul substance together with experimental evidence of the existence of such substance. American Medicine, April. [LIRE]
MacDOUGAL, D. (1907). Soul has weight, physician thinks. The New York Times, 11 March, 5.
 
 
 
MaCduff Gregory S. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage chez les autistes. Collaborateur de McClannahan et Krantz.
MacDUFF, G.S. (1982). Burnout. Teaching-Family Newsletter, 8, 10-11
MacDUFF, G.S. (1987). Hands-on training : A key issue in program quality. Spectrum, 1, 3, 8.
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J., MacDUFF, M.A. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1988). Providing incidental teaching for autistic children : A rapid training procedure for therapists. Education & Treatment of Children, 11 (3), 205-217.
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1993). Teaching children with autism to use photographic activity schedules : maintenance and generalization of complex response chains. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 89-97. [PDF]
MacDUFF, G.S., LEDO, R., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (2007). Using script and script-fading procedures to promote bids for joint attention by young children with autism. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1, 281-290.
Mace
Cecil Alec Mace F. Charles Mace
 
Mace Cecil Alec (1894-1971) : Philosophe anglais et psychologue organisationel avant la lettre. Il est l'un des premiers chercheurs à s'être intéressé à l'effet d'espacement des apprentissages. On lui doit l'hypothèse selon laquelle le salaire n'est pas le principal facteur de motivation du travail. Collaborateur de Vernon.
MACE, C.A. (1932). The psychology of study. London : Methuen & Co. Ltd.
MACE, C.A. (1933). The principles of logic. An introductory survey. Longmans, Green and Co.
MACE, C.A. (1937). Supernormal faculty and the structure of the mind. London : Society for Psychical Research
MACE, C.A. & VERNON, P.E. (1953). Current trends in British Psychology. London : Methuen.
MACE, C.A. (1954). The psychological approach to scientific management - can this be applied in the home ?
Mace F. Charles ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'automutilation. Il s'est également intéressé au momentum et à la loi d'appariement. = Bud Mace. Collaborateur de Lalli, Neef et Nevin.
MACE, F.C. & KNIGHT, D. (1986). Functional analysis and treatment of severe pica. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 19 (4), 411-416. [PDF]
MACE, F.C. & BELFIORE, P. (1990). Behavioral momentum in the treatment of escape-motivated stereotypy. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 23 (4), 507-514. [PDF]
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre speech. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 24 (3), 553-562. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., NEEF, N.A., SHADE, D. & MAURO, B.C. (1994). Limited matching on concurrent-schedule reinforcement of academic behavior. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 27 (4), 585-596. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., PRATT, J.L., PRAGER, K.L. & PRITCHARD, D. (2011). An evaluation of three methods of saying "no" to avoid an escalating response class hierarchy. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 83-94. [PDF]
Mach Ernst (Chirlitz-Turas République Tchèque 1838-1916 Haar Allemagne) : Philosophe, physicien et mathématicien autrichien. Il a formulé le principe méthodologique d'économie.
MACH, E. (1883/1960). The science of mechanics : A critical and historical account of its development. Lasalle, IL : Open Court.
MACH, E. (1996). L'analyse des sensations. Le rapport du physique au psychique. Nîmes : Jacqueline Chambon.
 
MARR, M.J. (1985). 'Tis the gift to be simple : A retrospective appreciation of Mach's The Science of Mechanics. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 44 (1), 129-138. [PDF]
SHULL, R.L. (1993). Boring's Mach and state variables. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60 (2), 485-487. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (2003). The what, the how, and the why : the explanation of Ernst Mach. Behavior & Philosophy, 31, 181-192. [PDF]
MOXLEY, R.A. (2005). Ernst Mach and B.F. Skinner : Their similarities with two traditions for verbal behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 28, 29-48. [PDF]
Machado Armando ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste d'origine brésilienne.
MACHADO, A. (1989). Operant conditioning of behavioral variability using a percentile reinforcement schedule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (2), 155-166. [PDF]
MACHADO, A. (1997). Learning the temporal dynamics of behavior. Psychological Review, 104 (2), 241-265.
MACHADO, A. & SILVA, F.J. (1998). Greatness and misery in the teaching of the psychology of learning. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 70, 215-234. [PDF]
MACHADO, A., LOURENÇO, O. & SILVA, F J. (2000). Facts, concepts, and theories : The shape of psychology’s epistemic triangle. Behavior & Philosophy, 28, 1-40. [PDF]
MACHADO, A., MALHEIRO, M.T. & ERLHAGEN, W. (2009). Learning to time : A perspective. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 92 (3), 423-458. [PDF]
Machiavel Nicolas (1469-1527) : Philosophe et politologue avant la lettre. Il s'intéresse notamment aux straégies qui permettent de prendre le pouvoir et s'y maintenir. En ce sens, le concept de machiavélisme, tel qu'utilisé de nos jours, ne rend pas justice à ses travaux.
MACHIAVEL, N. (1571/2003). Le Prince. Paris : Mille et une nuits.
 
 
 
 
PROLONGEAU, H. (2010). Machiavel. Paris : Gallimard.
Machiavelisme/Machaviel : Capacité de manipuler autrui, souvent à des fins personnelles ou pour des motifs qui semblent moralement discutables, voire inacceptables. Machiavélisme, pouvoir et influence sociale. = fin renard. Machiavellianism.

  MACHIAVEL, N. (1571/2003). Le Prince. Paris : Mille et une nuits. McHOSKEY, J.W. (1995). Narcissism and machiavellianism. Psychological Reports, 77, 755-759.
CHRISTIE, R. & GEIS, F.L. (1970). Studies in Machiavellianism. New York : Academic Press. SIU, W.S. & TAM, K.C. (1995). Machiavellianism and Chinese banking executives in Hong Kong. International Journal of Bank Marketing, 13, 15-21.
EXLINE, R., THIBAUT, J., HICKEY, C. & GUMPERT, P. (1970). Visual interaction in relation to Machiavellianism and an unethical act. In P. Christie and F. Geis (Eds.), Studies in Machiavellianism (pp. 53-75). New York : Academic Press.  
GUTERMAN, S.S. (1970). The Machiavellians : A social psychological study of moral character and organizational milieu. Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press. DRAKE, D. S. (1995). Assessing machiavellianism and morality-conscience guilt. Psychological Reports, 77, 1355-1359.
GEIS, F.L., CHRISTIE, R. & NELSON, C. (1970). Search of the Machiavel. In R. Christie & F.L. Geiss (Eds.), Studies in machiavellianism. New York : Academic Press. MOORE, S. & KATZ, B. (1995). Machiavellianism scores of nursing faculty and students. Psychological Reports, 77, 383-386.
TOUHEY, J.C. (1971). Machiavellians and social mobility. Psychological Reports, 29, 650. MOORE, S., KATZ, B. & HOLDER, J. (1995). Machiavel- lianism and medical career choices. Psychologica Reports, 76, 803-807.
SOLAR, D. & BRUEHL, D. (1971). Machiavellianism and locus of control : two conceptions of interpersonal power. Psychological Reports, 29, 1079-1082. BAKIR, B., YILMAZ, R. & YAVAS, S. (1996). Relating de- pressive symptoms to Machiavellianism in a Turkish sample. Psychological Reports, 78, 1011-1014.
GEMMILL, G.R. & HEISLER, W.J. (1972). Machiavellianism as a factor in managerial job strain, job satisfaction, and upward mobility. Academy of Management Journal, 15, 51-62. WILSON, D.S., NEAR, D.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1996). Machiavellianism : A synthesis of the evolutionary and psychological literatures. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 285-299.
TOUHEY, J.C. (1973). Intelligence, machiavellianism and social mobility. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 12, 34-37. SHEPPERD, J.A. & SOCHERMAN, R.E. (1997). On the manipulative behavior of low machiavellians : Feigning incompetence to "sandbag" an opponent. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73, 1448-1459.
WILLIAMS, M.L., HAZELTON, V. & RENSHAW, S. (1975). The measurement of machiavellianism : A factor analytic and correlational study of Mach IV and Mach V. Speech Monographs, 42, 151-159. McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (1998). Machiavellianism and psychopathy. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 192-210.
STEININGER, M. & EISENBERG, E. (1976). On different relationships between dogmatism and Machiavellianism among male and female college students. Psychological Reports, 38, 779-782. WILSON, D.S., NEAR, D.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1998). Individual differences in machiavellianism as a mix of cooperative and exploitative strategies. Evolution & Human Behavior, 19, 203-212.
SMITH, C. (1976). Machiavellianism and achievement motivation. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 15, 327-328. CORZINE, J.B., BUNTZMAN, G.F. & BUSCH, E.T. (1999). Machiavellianism in U.S. bankers. International Journal ofOrganizational Analysis, 7, 72-83.
SKINNER, N.F., GIOKAS, J.A. & HORNSTEIN, H.A. (1976). Personality correlates of machiavellianism : I. Consensual validation. Social Behavior & Personality, 4, 273-276. McHOSKEY, J.W. (1999). Machiavellianism, intrinsic versus extrinsic goals and social interest : a self-determination theory analysis. Motivation & Emotion, 23, 267-283.
TURNER, C.F. & MARTINEZ, D.C. (1977). Socioeconomic achievement and the Machiavellian personality. Sociometry, 40, 325-336. RICKS, J. & FREADRICH, J. (1999). The paradox of Ma- chiavellianism : Machiavellianism may make for productive sales but poor management reviews. Journal of Business Ethics, 20, 197-205.
KUO, H.K. & MARSELLA, A.J. (1977). The meaning and measurement of machiavellianism in Chinese and American college students. Journal of Social Psychology, 101, 165-173. CORRAL, S. & CALVETE, E. (2000). Machiavellianism : Dimensionality of the Mach IV and its relation to self-monitoring in a Spanish sample. Spanish Journal of Psychology, 3, 3-13.
GLEASON, J.M., SEAMAN, F.J. & HOLLANDER, E.P. (1978). Emergent leadership processes as a function of task structure and machiavellianism. Social Behavior & Personality, 6, 33-36. SUMAN, B.J., SINGH, S. & ASHOK, K. (2000). Machia- vellians : Their manifest need patterns. Psycho-Lingua, 30 (1), 21-24.
HANSON, D.J. (1978). Machiavellianism as a variable in research : A bibliography. JSAS Catalog of Selected Documents in Psychology, 8 (1), 1-17. MACROSSON, W. & SEMPLE, J. (2001). FIRO-B, machiavellianism, and team. Psychological Reports, 88, 1187-1193.
JONES, W.H., NICKEL, T.W. & SCHMIDT, A. (1979). Machiavellianism and self-disclosure. Journal of Psychology, 102, 33-41. MACROSSON, W.D.K. & HEMPHILL, D. J. (2001). Machiavellianism in Belbin team roles. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 16, 355-363.
JOHNSON, P.B. (1980). Need achievement and Machiavellianism. Psychological Reports, 46, 466. SUTTON, J. & KEOGH, E. (2001). Components of Ma- chiavellian beliefs in children : Relationships with personality. Personality & Individual Differences, 30, 137-148.
SKINNER, N.F. (1981). Personality correlates of machiavellianism : 11. Machiavellianism and achievement motivation in business. Social Behavior & Personality, 9, 155-157. DELUGA, R.J. (2001). American presidential Machia- vellianism : Implications for charismatic leadership and rated performance. Leadership Quarterly, 12, 339-363.
GEIS, F.L. & MOON, T.H. (1981). Machiavellianism and deception. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 41, 766-775. McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (2001). Machiavellianism and personality dysfunction. Personality & Individual Differences, 31, 791-798. [PDF]
WOLFSON, S. (1981). Effects of machiavellianism and communication on helping behaviour during an emergency. British Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 189-195. LOFTUS, S.T. & GLENWICK, D.S. (2001). Machiavel- lianism and empathy in an adolescent residential psychiatric population. Residential Treatment for Children & Youth, 19, 39-57.
SYPHER, H.E., NIGHTINGALE, J.P., VIELHABER, M.E. & SYPHER, B.D. (1981). The interpersonal constructs of Machiavellians : A reconsideration. British Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 219-220. AZIZ, A., MAY, K. & CROTTS, J.C. (2002). Relations of Machiavellian behavior with sales performance of stockbrokers. Psychological Reports, 90, 451-460.
SKINNER, N.F. (1982). Personality correlates of machiavellianism : III. A simulation procedure for identifying high Machs. Social Behavior & Personality, 10, 197-199. GUNNTHORSDOTTIR, A., MCCABE, K. & SMITH, V. (2002). Using the Machiavellianism instrument to predict trustworthiness in a bargaining game. Journal of Economic Psychology, 28,49-66.
HUNTER, J.E., GERBING, D.W. & BOSTER, F.J. (1982). Machiavellian beliefs and personality : Construct invalidity of the machiavellianism dimension. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 1293-1305. PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2002). The dark triad of personality : Narcissism, machiavellianism, and psychopathy. Journal of Research in Personality, 36, 556-563. [PDF]
SKINNER, N.F. (1982). Personality correlates of Machiavellianism : IV. Machiavellianism and psychopathology. Social Behavior & Personality, 10, 201-203. VALENTINE, S. & FLEISCHMAN, G. (2003). The impact of self-esteem, machiavellianism, and social capital on attorneys' traditional gender outlook. Journal of Business Ethics, 43, 323-335.
ZENKER, S.I. & WOLFGANG, A.K. (1982). Relationship of Machiavellianism and locus of control to preferences for leisure activity by college men and women. Psychological Reports, 50, 583-586. REPACHOLI, B., SLAUGHTER, V., PRITCHARD, M. & GIBBS, V. (2003). Theory of mind, machiavellianism, and social functioning in childhood. In B. Repacholi & V. Slaughter (Eds.), Individual differences in theory of mind (pp. 67-97). New York : Psychology Press.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1983). A factor-analytic study of measures of Machiavellianism. Personality & Individual Differences, 4, 569-571. McLLWAIN, D. (2003). By passing empathy : A Machia- vellian theory of mind and sneaky power. In B. ReRacholi & V. Slaughter (Eds.), Individual differences in theory of mind (pp. 13-38). New York : Psychology Press.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1984). An investigation of the items in the Machiavellian scales. Journal of Social Psychology, 124, 251-252. AZIZ, A. (2004). Machiavellianism scores and self-rated performance of automobile salespersons. Psychological Reports, 94, 464-466.
ICKES, W., REIDHEAD, S. & PATTERSON, M. (1986). Machiavellianism and self-monitoring : As different as "me" and "you". Social Cognition, 4, 58-74. WINTER, S.J., STYLIANOU, A.C. & GIACALONE, R.A. (2004). Individual differences in the acceptability of unethical information technology practices : The case of machiavellianism and ethical ideology. Journal of Business Ethics, 54, 275-296.
LEARY, M.R., KNIGHT, P.D. & BARNES, B.D. (1986). Ethical ideologies of the machiavellian. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 75-80. LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy, machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality & Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF]
PODERICO, C. (1987). Machiavellianism and anxiety among Italian children. Psychological Reports, 60, 1041-1042. AZIZ, A. (2005). Relationship between machiavellianism scores and performance of real estate salespersons. Psychological Reports, 96, 235-238.
ZOOK, A. & SIPPS, G.J. (1987). Machiavellianism and dominance : Are therapists in training manipulative ? Psychotherapy, 24, 15-19. CORZINE, J.B. & HOZIER, G.C. (2005). Exploratory study of Machiavellianism and bases of social power in bankers. Psychological Reports, 97, 356-362.
BYRNE, R. & WHITEN, A. (Eds.) (1988). Machiavellian intelligence. Oxford : Oxford University Press. SHERRY, S.B., HEWITT, P.L., BESSER, A., FLETT, G.L. & KLEIN, C. (2006). Machiavellianism, trait perfectionism, and perfectionistic self-presentation. Personality & Individual Differences, 40, 829-839.
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1989). Machiavellianism and job satisfaction of retailing executives in a specialty retail chain. Psychological Reports, 64, 107-112. HAWLEY, P.H. (2006). Evolution and personality : A new look at Machiavellianism. In D. Mroczek & T. Little (Eds.), Handbook of personality development (pp. 147-161). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1989). Machiavellianism and job satisfaction of retailing executives in a specialty retail chain. Psychological Reports, 64, 107-112. McNAMARA, P., DURSO, R. & HARRIS, E. (2007). "Machiavellianism" and frontal dysfunction : Evidence from Parkinson's disease. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12, 285-300.
GRAMS, L.C. & ROGERS, R.W. (1990). Power and personality : Effects of machiavellianism, need for approval, and motivation on use of influence tactics. Journal of General Psychology, 117, 71-82. OJHA, H. (2007). Parent-child interaction and machia- vellian orientation. Journal of the Indian Academy of Applied Psychology, 33, 285-289.
SIMON, L.J., FRANCIS, P.L. & LOMBARDO, J.P. (1990). Sex, sex-role, and machiavellianism as correlates of decoding ability. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 71, 243-247. BECKER, J.A. & O'HAIR, H.D. (2007). Machiavellians' motives in organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 35, 246-267.
O'CONNOR, E.M. & SIMMS, C.M. (1990). Self-revelation as manipulation : The effects of sex and machiavellianism on self-disclosure. Social Behavior & Personality, 18, 95-100. PAAL, T. & BERECZKEI, T. (2007). Adult theory of mind, cooperation, Machiavellianism : The effect of mindreading on social relations. Personality & Individual Differences, 43, 541-551.
  TEVEN, J.J. (2001). Teacher machiavellianism and social influence in the college classroom: Implications for measurement. Communication Research Reports, 24, 341-352.
GABLE, M., HOLLON, C. & DANGELLO, F. (1992). Man- agerial structuring of work as a moderator of the Machiavellianism and job performance relationship. Journal of Psychology, 126, 317-325. SAKALAKI, M., RICHARDSON, C. & THEPAUT, Y. (2007). Machiavellianism and economic opportunism. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 37, 1181-1190.
FEHR, B., SAMSOM, D. & PAULHUS, D.L. (1992). The construct of machiavellianism : Twenty years later. In C.D. Spielberger & J.N. Butcher (Eds.), Advances inpersonality assessment (Vo1.9, pp.77-116). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] BECKER, J.A. & O'HAIR, H.D. (2007). Machiavellians' motives in organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 35, 246-267.
RIM, Y. (1992). Machiavellianism and coping styles. Personality & Individual Differences, 13 (4), 487-489. [PDF] LIU, C.C. (2008). The relationship between machia- vellianism and knowledge-sharing willingness. Journal of Business Psychology, 22, 233-240.
SHULTZ, C.J. (1993). Situational and dispositional predictors of performance : A test of the hypoth- esized Machiavellianism x structure interaction among salespersons. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 478-498. VERNON, P.A., VILLANI, V.C., VICKERS, L.C. & HARRIS, J.A. (2008). A behavioral genetic investigation of the dark triad and the Big 5. Personality & Individual Differences, 44, 445-452.
GABLE, M. & DANGELLO, F. (1994). Locus of control, Machiavellianism, and managerial job performance. Journal of Psychology, 128, 599-608. JONES, D.N. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2009). Machiavellianism. In M. R. Leary & R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of individual differences in social behavior (pp. 93-108). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF]
LEONE, C. & CORTE, V. (1994). Concern for self- presentation and self-congruence: Self-monitoring, Machiavellianism and social conflicts. Social Behavior & Personality, 22, 305-312. ESPERGER, Z. & BERECZKEI, T. (2011). Machiavellianism and spontaneous mentalization : One step ahead of oithers. European Journal of Personality, 26 (6), 580-587. [PDF]
SPARKS, J.R. (1994). Machiavellianism and personal success in marketing: The moderating role of latitude for improvisation. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 22, 393-400. JONASON, P.K. & McCAIN, J. (2012). Using the HEXACO model to test the validity of the Dirty Dozen measure of the Dark Triad. Personality & Individual Differences 53, 935-938. [PDF]
  FURNHAM, A., RICHARDS, S.C. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2013). The Dark Triad of Personality: A 10 Year Review. Social and Personality Psychology Compass 7 (3), 199–216. [PDF]
Voir aussi Pouvoir, Influence, Machiavel, Dogmatisme, Despote et Narcissisme
 
Machiavélisme (Mesure et évaluation du...) : Ensemble des critères de diagnostic, des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer le machiavélisme. Measurement of machiavellianism.

  WILLIAMS, M.L., HAZELTON, V. & RENSHAW, S. (1975). The measurement of Machiavellianism : A factor analytic and correlational study of Mach IV and Mach V. Speech Monographs, 42, 151-159.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1983). A factor-analytic study of measures of Machiavellianism. Personality & Individual Dvferences, 4, 569-571.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1984). An investigation of the items in the Machiavellian scales. Journal of Social Psychology, 124, 251-252.
DRAKE, D. S. (1995). Assessing machiavellianism and morality-conscience guilt. Psychological Reports, 77, 1355-1359.
Voir aussi Machiavélisme et Narcissisme
Machine : Au sens strict, mécanisme qui permet d'accomplir une ou des tâches, toujours de la même façon (si on exclut les bris et l'usure). De nos jours, on l'utilise pour désigner tout type de mécanisme, qu'il soit mécanique, biologique ou informatique. Machine et ordinateur. /organisme. Machine.

Les types de machine
Machine binaire Machine de Turing Machine de Darwin
 
 


  WEIZENBAUM, J. (1965). Eliza-A computer program for the study of natural language communication between man and machine. Comrnunication of the Association for Computing, 9, 36-45.
HARNAD, S. (1989). Minds, machines and Searle. Journal of Theoretical & Experimental Artifical Intelligence, 1, 5-25.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. & CHURCHLAND, P.S. (1990). Could a machine think ? Scientific American, 262, 32-37.
Voir aussi Théorie des automates
Machine à vapeur : Machine à vapeur inventée par Watt, à l'origine de la révolution industrielle.

  FRAGOSO, J.M. & KASHUBECK, S. (2000). Machismo, gender role conflict, and mental health in Mexican American men. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 1 (2), 87-97.
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary Psychology, 47, 275-276.
Machine binaire : Ensemble des machines qui traitent l'information selon un code binaire. La fonction d'une machine est de transformer un objet plus efficacement qu'un humain (plus vite, en faisant moins d'erreur donc à moindre coût). Pour certains psychologues cognitivistes, le cerveau est une machine binaire complexe, qui sert à résoudre des problèmes (cerveau virtuel). ( ): ordinateur, calculatrice, lecteur CD/DVD, teléphone mobile. etc. Binary system, computing machinery.

  McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 5, 115-153. [PDF]
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1949). The brain as a computing machine. Electrical Engineering, 68, 492-497.
TURING, A.M. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence. Mind, 59, 433-460.
McCARTHY, J. & HAYES P.J. (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence (pp. 463-502). Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press. [PDF]
McGINN, C. (1987). Could a machine be conscious ? In C. Blakemore & S. Greenfield (Eds.), Mindwaves (pp. 279-288). Oxford : Blackwell.
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1993). Human and machine thinking hillsdale. NJ : Erlbaum Press.
 
Voir aussi Cerveau Virtuel
Machine de Turing : Voir Turing.
Machine de Darwin : Voir Darwin. Darwin machine.
Machisme : Qualifie un homme qui se comporte selon un modèle sexuel et social traditionnel et réactionnaire. Machismo.

  FRAGOSO, J.M. & KASHUBECK, S. (2000). Machismo, gender role conflict, and mental health in Mexican American men. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 1 (2), 87-97.
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary Psychology, 47, 275-276.
MacKinnon Catherine A. (1946-) : Juriste et politologue féministe américaine. Collaboratrice de Dworkin.
MACKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : an agenda for theory. Signs, 7, 515-544.
MACKINNON, C. (1983). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : toward feminist jurisprudence. Signs, 8 (4), 635-658.
MACKINNON, C.A. (2003). Mainstreaming feminism in legal education. Journal of Legal Education, 53, 199.
MACKINNON, C.A. (2005). Women's lives, men's laws. Harvard University Press.
MACKINNON, C.A. (2006). Are women human ? : And other international dialogues. Cambridge : Harvard Univ. Press.
MacKintosh Nicholas John ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence et du conditionnement répondant. Collaborateur de Chamizo, Dickinson, Honig et Pearce.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1962). The effects of overtraining on a reversal and a nonreversal shift. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 55, 555-559.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1965). Selective attention in animal discrimination learning. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 124-150.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1975).A Theory of attention : Variations in the associability of stimuli with reinforcement. Psychological Review, 82 (4), 276-298. [PDF]
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1981). A new measure of intelligence ? Nature, 289, 529-530.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & BENNETT, EE.S. (2005). What do Raven's matrices measure ? An analysis in terms of sex differences. Intelligence, 33, 663-674. [PDF]
 
PLOMIN, R. (1999). IQ and human intelligence : Reviewed by Robert Plomin. The American Journal of Human Genetics, 65 (5), 1476-1477. [PDF]
Maclean Paul D. (Phelps 1913-2007) : Psychiatre et neurobiologiste américain. Il est l'auteur de la théorie des trois cerveaux (cerveau reptilien, cerveau limbique et néocortex).
 MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in evolution : Role in paleocerebral functions. Springer.
 MAcLEAN, P.D. (1993). Cerebral evolution of emotion. In M. Lewis and J.M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 67-83). New York, NY : Guilford Press.
 
 
 
Macleod Colin M. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine canadienne, et spécialiste de l'étude de l'oubli. Il s'intéressse également à l'effet Stroop. Collaborateur de Bodner, Dunbar et Williams.
MacLEOD, C.M. (1975). Long-term recognition and recall following directed forgetting. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 104 (3), 271-279. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & DUNBAR, K. (1988). Emergence of Stroop interference with training. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 14 (1), 26-135. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. (1991). Half a century of research on the Stroop effect : An integrative review. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 163-203. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & MacDONALD, P.A. (2000). Interdimensional interference in the Stroop effect : Uncovering the cognitive and neural anatomy of attention. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4, 383-390. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & BODNER, G.E. (2017). The production effect in memory (PDF). Current Directions in Psychological Science, 26 (4), 390-395. [PDF]
Macrae/Mccrae
C. Neil MacRrae Robert R. McCrae
 
MacRae C. Neil ( ) : Psychosociologue écossais et spécialiste de l'étude de la pensée alternative et des stéréotypes. Collaborateur de Dijksterhuis et Hewstone.
MacRAE, C.N. (1989). The good, the bad, and the ugly : Facial stereotyping and juridic judgments. The Police Journal, 62, 194-199.
MacRAE, C.N. (1992). A tale of two curries: Counterfactual thinking and accident-related judgments. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 84-87.
MacRAE, C.N., HEWSTONE, M. & GRIFFITHS, R.J. (1993). Processing load and memory for stereotype : based information. European Journal of Social Psychology, 23 (1), 77-87.
MacCRAE, C.N., MITCHELL, J.P. & PENDRY, L.F. (2002). What's in a forename ? Cue familiarity and stereotypical thinking. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 186-193.
MacRAE, C.N. CHRISTIAN, BM., GOLUBICKIS, M., KARANASIOU, M., TROKSIAROVA, L., MCNAMARA, D.L. & MILES, LK. (2014). "When do i wear me out ?" Mental simulation and the diminution of self-control. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 143 (4), 1755-1764.
Macro- : Préfixe qui signifie « grand ou gros ».

 
Macro-
Macro-économie Macrosystème
 
Macro-économie : Voir Économie (Macro).
Macrosystème : Voir Système (Macro).
Madagascar : Pays.

  ASTUTI, R. (1995). People of the sea: Identity and descent among the Vezo of Madagascar. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
ASTUTI, R. (1995). The Vezo are not a kind of people : Identity, difference, and “ethnicity” Among a fishing people of Western Madagascar. American Ethnologist, 22, 464-482.
ASTUTI, R. (2000). Les gens ressemblent-ils aux poulets ? Penser la frontière homme / animal à Madagascar, Terrain, 34, pp. 89-105.
ASTUTI, R. (2007). Weaving together culture and cognition: An illustration from Madagasca. Intellectica, 46-47, 173-178. [PDF]
Voir aussi Pays
Madden Gregory J. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements d'impulsivité. Étudiant de Perone. Collaborateur de Bickle, Chase, Hackenberg et Glenn.
MADDEN, G.J., PETRY, N., BADGER, G.J. & BICKEL, W.K. (1997). Impulsive and self- control choices in opiate-dependent patients and non-drug-using control participants : Drug and monetary rewards. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 5 (3), 256-262. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J. & PERONE, M. (1999). Human sensitivity to concurrent schedules of reinforcement : The role of schedule-correlated stimuli. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 71, 303-318. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J. & PERONE, M. (2003). Effects of alternative reinforcement on human behavior : The source does matter. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 79 (2), 193-206. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J., PETRY, N.M. & JOHNSON, P. (2009). Pathological gamblers discount probabilistic rewards at lower rates than matched controls. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 17, 283-290. [PDF]
MADDEN G.J., FRANCISCO, M.T., BREWER, A.T. & STEIN, J.S. (2011). Delay discounting and gambling. Behavioural Processes, 87 (1), 43-49. [PDF]
Maddox
Keith B. Maddox W. Todd Maddox
 
Maddox Keith B. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du racisme. Collaborateur de Dixon.
MADDOX, K.B. & GRAY, S. (2002). Cognitive representations of African Americans : Re-exploring the role of skin tone. Personality & Social Psychological Bulletin, 28 (2), 250-259. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. & CHASE, S.G. (2004). Manipulating subcategory salience: Exploring the link between skin tone and social perception of Blacks. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 533-546. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. (2004). Perspectives on racial phenotypicality bias. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 8, 383-401. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. (2006). Rethinking racial stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. The Psychological Science Agenda, 20, 3-5. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B., RAPP, D.N., BRION, S. & TAYLOR, H.A. (2008). Social influences on spatial memory. Memory & Cognition, 36, 479-494. [PDF]
Maddox W. Todd ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la catégorisation et le développement de modèles neuraux. Étudiant de Ashby. Collaborateur de Estes.
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1993). Comparing decision bound and exemplar models of categorization. Perception & Psychophysics, 53, 49-70. [PDF]
MADDOX, W.T., MOLIS, M.R & DIEHL, R.L. (2001). Generalizing a neuropsychological model of visual categorization to auditory categorization of vowels. Perception & Psychophysics, 64, 584-597.
MADDOX, W.T. & BOHIL, C.J. (2001). Feedback effects on cost-benefit learning in perceptual categorization. Memory & Cognition, 29, 598-615.
MADDOX, W.T., ASHBY, F.G. & WALDRON, E. (2002). Multiple attention systems in perceptual categorization. Memory & Cognition, 30 (3), 325-339. [PDF]
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (2004). Dissociating explicit and procedural-learning based systems of perceptual category learning. Behavioural Processes, 66, 309-332. [PDF]
Madon Stephanie ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des prophécies auto-réalisantes et des stéréotypes. Collaboratrice de Eccles et Jussim.
MADON, S., JUSSIM, L. & ECCLES, J. (1997). In search of the powerful self-fulfilling prophecy. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (4), 791-809. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M., ABOUFADEL, K., MONTIEL, E., SMITH, A., ALUMBO, P. & JUSSIM, L. (2001). Ethnic and national stereotypes : The Princeton trilogy revisited and revised. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 27 (8), 996-1010. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M. & SPOTH, R (2004). The self-fulfilling prophecy as an intrafamily dynamic. Journal of Family Psychology, 18 (3), 459-469. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M., BULLER, A.A., SCHERR, K., WILLARD, J. & SPOTH, R. (2008). The mediation of mothers’ self-fulfilling effects on their children’s alcohol use : Self-verification, informational conformity, and modeling processes. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 95, 369-384. [PDF]
MADON, S., WILLARD, J., GUY, M. & SCHERR, K.C. (2011). Self-fulfilling prophecies : Mechanisms, power, and links to social problems. Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 5 (8), 578-590. [PDF]
Magazine : Média. Magazine.
   COURTNEY, A.E. & LOCKRENTZ, S.W. (1971). A woman's place : An analysis of the roles portrayed by women in magazine advertisements. Journal of Marketing Research, 8, 92-95.  WILLEMSEN, T.M. (1998). Widening the gender gap : Teenage magazines for girls and boys. Sex Roles, 38 (9-10), 851-861.
VANKATESAN, M. & LOSCO, J. (1975). Women in magazine ads : 1959-1971. Journal of Advertising Research, 15 (5), 49-58.  DUKE, L.L. & KRESHEL, P.J. (1998). Negotiating femininity: Girls in early adolescence read teen magazines. Journal of Communication Inquiry, 22, 48-71.
 WINICK, C. (1985). A content analysis of sexually explicit magazines sold in an adult bookstore. Journal of Sex Research, 21, 206-210.  DURHAM, M.G. (1998). Dilemmas of desire : Representations of adolescent sexuality in two teen magazines. Youth & Society, 29 (3), 369-389.
LYSONSKI, S. (1985). Role portrayals in British magazine advertisements. European Journal of Marketing, 19, 37-55.  GARNER, A., STERK, H.M. & ADAMS, S. (1998). Narrative analysis of sexual etiquette in teenage magazines. Journal of Communication, 48 (4), 59-78.
 CLARK, R.L. (1987). Changing perceptions in sex and sexuality in traditional women's magazines, 1900-1980. Thèse de doctorat, Arizona, Arizona State University.  SCHLENKER, J.A., CARON, S.L. & HALTEMAN, W.A. (1998). A feminist analysis of Seventeen magazine : Content analysis from 1945 to 1995. Sex Roles, 38 (1/2), 135-149.
 SCOTT, J.E. & CUVELIER, S. (1987). Violence in Playboy magazine : A longitudinal content analysis. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 16, 279-288.  CARPENTER, L.M. (1998). From girls into women : scripts for sexuality and romance in Seventeen Magazine, 1974-1994. Journal of Sex Research, 35 (2), 158-168.
   THOMSEN, S.R. (2002). Health and beauty magazine reading and body shape concerns among a group of college women. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 79, 988–1007.
 SCOTT, J.E. & CUVELIER, S. (1987). Sexual violence in Playboy magazine : A longitudinal content analysis. Journal of Sex Research, 23, 534-539.  WALSH-CHILDERS, K., GOTTHOFFER, A. & LEPRE, C.R. (2002). From "just the facts" to "downright salacious" : Teens and women's magazine coverage of sex and sexual health. In J.D. Brown, J.R. Steele & K. Walsh-Childers (Eds.), Sexual teens, sexual media : Investigating media's influence on adolescent sexuality (pp. 153-171). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
 MASSEÍ, M.A. & ROSENBLUM, K. (1988). Male and female created they them : The depiction of gender in advertising of traditional women's and menís magazines. Women's Studies International Forum, 11(2), 127-144.  OGLE, J.P. & THORNBURG, E. (2003). An alternative voice amidst teen "zines" : An analysis of body-related content in Girl Zone. Journal of Family & Consumer Sciences, 95, 47-56.
 FERGUSON, J.H., KRESHEL, P.G. & TINKHAM, S.F. (1990). In the pages of Ms. : Sex role portrayals of women in advertising. Journal of Advertising, 19 (1), 40-72.  TIGGEMANN, M. (2003). Media exposure, body dissatisfaction and disordered eating : Television and Magazines are not the same ! European Eating Disorders Review, 11, 418-430.
 PEIRCE, K. (1990). A feminist theoretical perspective on the socialization of teenage girls through Seventeen magazine. Sex Roles, 23 (8-9), 491-500.  VAUGHAN, K.K. & FOUTS, G.T. (2003). Changes in television and magazine exposure and eating disorder symptomatology. Sex Roles, 49 (7-8), 313-320.
   LOKKEN, K.L., WORTHY, S.L. & TRAUTMANN, J. (2004). Examining the links among magazine preference, levels of awareness and internalization of sociocultural appearance standards, and presence of eating-disordered symptoms in college women. Family & Consumer Sciences Research Journal, 32, 361-381.
 EVANS, E.D., RUTHBERG, J., SATHER, C. & TURNER, C. (1991). Content analysis of contemporary teen magazines for adolescent females. Youth & Society, 23 (1), 99-120. REICHERT, T. & CARPENTER, C. (2004). An update on sex in magazine advertising: 1983 to 2003. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 81, 823-837.
   LABRE, M. (2005). The male body ideal : perspectives of readers and non-readers of tness magazines. The Journal of Men's Health & Gender, 2, 223-229.
 ANDERSEN, A.E. & DIDOMENICO, L. (1992). Diet vs. shape content of popular male and female magazines: A dose-response relationship to the incidence of eating disorders ? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 11, 283-287.  TAYLOR, L.D. (2005). All for him : Articles about sex in American lad magazines. Sex Roles, 52, 153-163.
 KATZ, B. & STERNBERG-KATZ, L. (1992). Magazines for libraries. New York : R.R. Bowker.  VAN DEN BERG, P., NEUMARK-SZTAINER, D., HANNAN, P.J. & HAINES, J. (2007). Is dieting advice from magazines helpful or harmful ? Associations with weight-control behaviors and psychological outcomes in adolescents. Pediatrics, 119 (1), 30-37.
   TIGGEMANN, M., POLIVY, J. & HARGREAVES, D. (2009). The processing of thin ideals in fashion magazines : A source of social comparison or fantasy? Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology Journal Of Social & Clinical Psychology, 28, 73-93.
 McCRAKEN, E. (1993). Decoding women's magazines : From Mademoiselle to Ms. London : MacMillan Press.  LUFF, G.M. & GRAY, J.J. (2009). Complex messages regarding a thin ideal appearing in teenage girls'magazines from 1956 to 2005. Body Image, 6, 133-136.
   HATTON, E. & TRAUTNER, M.N. (2011). Equal opportunity objectification ? The sexualization of men and women on the cover of rolling stone. Sexuality & Culture, 15, 256-278. [PDF]
 PEIRCE, K. (1993). Socialization of teenage girls through teen-magazine fiction : The making of a new woman or an old lady ? Sex Roles, 29 (1-2), 59-69.  SLATER, A., TIGGERMANN, M., FIRTH, B. & HAWKINS, K. (2012). Reality check : An experimental investigation of the addition of warning labels to fashion magazine images on women's mood and body dissatisfaction. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 31, 105-122.
   NOBLOCH-WESTERWICK, S. & HOPLAMAZIAN, G.J. (2012). Gendering the self : Selective magazine reading and reinforcement of gender conformity. Communication Research, 39, 358-384.
 GUILLEN, E.O., BARR, S.I. & BARR, S.I. (1994). Nutrition, dieting, and fitness messages in a magazine for adolescent women. Journal of Adolescent Health, 15 (6), 464-472.  JOSHI, S.P. (2012). Adolescent sexual Ssocialization and teen magazines : A Cross-national study between the United States and the Netherlands. Boca Raton, Florida : Universal-Publishers. [PDF]
 NEMEROFF, C.J., STEIN, R.I., DIEH, N.S. & SMILACK, K.M (1994). From the Cleavers to the Clintons : role choices and body orientation as reflected in magazine and article content. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 16 (2), 167-176.  GRAFF, K.A., MURNEN, S.K. & KRAUSE, A.K. (2013). Low-cut hirts and high-heeled shoes : increased sexualization across time in magazine depictions of girls. Sex Roles, 69 (11/12), 571-582. [PDF]
 SHAW, J. (1995). E ects of fashion magazines on body dissatisfaction and eating psychopathology in adolescent and adult females. European Eating Disorders Review, 3, 15-23. OGDEN, J. & RUSSELL, S. (2013). How Black women make sense of "White" and "Black" fashion magazines : a qualitative think aloud study. Journal of Health Psychology, 18, 1588-1600. [PDF]
 CUSUMANO, D.L. & THOMPSON, J.K. (1997). Body image and body shape ideals in magazines : exposure, awareness, and internalization. Sex Roles, 37 (9-10), 701-721.  SWIATKOWSKI, P. (2016). Magazine in uence on body dissatisfaction: Fashion vs. health? Cogent Social Sciences, 2, 1-17. [PDF]
Voir aussi Apparence, Beauté, Image du corps et Média
Magendie François (Bordeaux 1783-1855 Sannois) : Médecin, physiologiste et anatomiste français. On lui doit la découverte du foramen. Étudiant de Boyer. Professeur de Bernard.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Quelques idées générales sur les phénomènes particuliers aux corps vivants. Bulletin des Sciences Médicales, 4, 145-170.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Examen de l'action de quelques végétaux sur la moelle épinière. Nouveau Bulletin Scientifique de la Société Philomatique, 1, 368-405.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1813). Mémoire sur le vomissement. Paris.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Précis élémentaire de physiologie. Paris.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Leçons sur les fonctions et les maladies du système nerveux. Paris.
Mager Robert F. ( ) : Psychologue organisationnel et béhavioriste américain.
 MAGER, R.F. (1975). Preparing Instructional objectives. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co
 MAGER, R.F. & PIPE, P. (1984). Analyzing performance problems, or you really oughta wanna. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co.
 MAGER, R.F. (1988). Making instruction work. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co.
 MAGER, R.F. (2005). Comment définir des objectifs pédagogiques. Paris : Dunod.
 MAGER, R.F. (2005). Pour éveiller le désir d'apprendre. Paris : Dunod.
Magie : Tout procédé systématique qui donne à croire à l'existence d'une chose qui n'existe manifestement pas. Ces procédés exploitent les «faiblesses» perceptives et la naïveté de l'auditoire. Magie, Illusion et superstition. Magic, magical belief.

  CATTELL, J.M. (1899). Review of magic, stage illusions and scientific diversions, by A.F. Hopkins, and Spirit Slate Writing and Kindred Phenomena, by W.B. Robinson. Psychological Review, 6, 554. VYSE, S.A. (1997). Believing in magic : The psychology of superstition. New York : Oxford University Press.
MALINOVSKI, B. (1955). Magic, science, and religion. New York : Doubleday. WYNN, K. & CHIANG, W.-C. (1998). Limits to infants' knowledge of objects : the case of magical appearance. Psychological Science, 9, 448-455.
WOMACK, M. (1992). Why athletes need ritual : A study of magic among professional athletes. In S. Hoffman (Ed.), Sport and religion (pp. 191-202). Champaign, IL : Human Kinetics.  LAMONT, P. & WISEMAN, R. (1999). Magic in theory : an introduction to the theoretical and psychological elements of conjuring. Hatfield : University of Hertfordshire Press.
CAVENDISH, R. & INNES, B. (Eds.) (1994). Man, myth and magic. New York : Marshall Cavendish.  LAMONT, P. (2004). The rise of the Indian rope trick : biography of a legend. London : Little, Brown.
AGLIOTI, S., DESOUZA, J. & GOODALE, M. (1995). Size-contrast illusions deceive the eye but not the hand. Current Biology, 5, 679-85. LINDEMAN, M. & AARNIO, K. (2007). Superstitious, magical, and paranormal beliefs : An integrative model. Journal of Research in Personality, 41, 731–744. [PDF]
  COLLINS, R. (2008). The four M's of religion : Magic, membership, morality and mysticism. Review of Religious Research, 50, 5-15.
 WISEMAN, R. & LAMONT, P (1996). Unravelling the rope trick. Nature, 383, 212-13.  LAMONT, P., HENDERSON, J.M. & SMITH, T. (2010). Where science and magic meet : the illusion of a "science of magic". Review of General Psychology, 14 (1), 16-21.
  LINDEMAN, M. & SVEDHOLM, A.M. (2012). What's in a term ? Paranormal, superstitious, magical and supernatural beliefs by any other name would mean the same. Review of General Psychology, 16, 241-255.
Voir aussi Croyance ésotérique, Illusion, Superstition, Perception
Magnitude : Synonyme d'intensité. Magnitude et magnitude d'un renforcement

  ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2001). Relationship between magnitude of damage to the hippocampus and impaired recognition memory in monkeys. Hippocampus 11, 92-98. [PDF]
Magoun Horace Winchell (Philadelppie 1907-1991) : Neurobiologiste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la formation réticulée et de l'hypothalamus. Avec Moruzzi, il a découvert le cirucuit qui permet au cerveau de s'éveiller et de s'endormir (sommeil). = Tid Magoun. Collaborateur de Moruzzi.
MAGOUN, H.W., HARE, W.K. & RANSON, S.W. (1937). Role of cerebellum in postural contractions. Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 37 (6), 1237-1250.
MAGOUN, H.W. (1938). Excitability of the hypothalamus after degeneration of corticifugal connections from the frontal lobes. American Journal of Physiology, 122, 530-532.
MAGOUN, H.W. & RHINES, R. (1946). An inhibitory mechanism in the bulbar reticular formation. Journal of Neurophysiology, 9, 165-171.
MORUZZI, G. & MAGOUN, H.W. (1949). Brain stem reticular formation and activation of the EEG. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 1 (4), 455-473.
MAGOUN, H.W. (1958). The waking brain. Springfield, IL : Thomas.
 
MARSHALL, L.H. (2004). Horace Winchell Magoun : A biographical memoir. Washington D.C. : National Academy of Sciences. [PDF]
MAHLER - MAHONEY - MAIER - MAILLOUX - MAIO - Mainstream Science on Intelligence - MAÎTRISE - MAJORITÉ - MAL
Mahadevan Rajan S. (Madras 1957-) : Psychologue d'origine indienne. Il est connu pour sa mémoire exceptionelle.
BIEDERMAN, I., COOPER, E.E., FOX, P.W. & MAHADEVAN, R.S. (1992). Observation : Unexceptional spatial memory in an exceptional memorist. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18 (3), 654-657.[PDF]
ERICCSON, K.A., WEAVER, G., DELANEY, P.F. & MAHADEVAN, R.S. (1996). The memorist Rajan’s memory for digits and other materials. Paper presented at the 37 th annual meeting of the Psychonomic Society, Chicago, IL.
MAHADEVAN, R., MALONE, J. & BAILEY, J. (2002). Radical behaviorism and exceptional memory phenomena. Behavior & Philosophy, 30, 1-13. [PDF]
 
GORDON, P., VALENTINE, E. & WILDING, J. (1984). One man’s memory : A study of a mnemonist. British Journal of Psychology, 75, 1-14.
Mahler Schoenberger Margaret (1897-1985) : Psychanalyste américaine d'origine autrichienne et figure marquante de l'école de la psychologie du moi. Elle a étudié la psychose infantile au moyen de techniques d'observation systématique. Elle est également membre du Groupe de New York et de l'Institut de Psychanalyse de New York. Elle a été analysée par Deutsch.
 
 
 
 
STEPANSKY, P.E. (1988). The memoirs of Margaret S. Mahler. New York : Free Press.
Mahon Eugene J. ( ) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste du rêve et du complexe d'Oedipe.

MAHON, E.J. (1991). The "dissolution" of the Oedipus complex : A neglected cognitive factor. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60, 628-634.
MAHON, E.J. (1992). Dreams : A developmental and longitudinal perspective. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 47, 49-65.
MAHON, E.J. (2002). Dreams within dreams. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 57, 118-130.
MAHON, E.J. (2006). The invention of purgatory : A note on the historical pedigree of the superego. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 61, 334-344.
MAHON, E.J. (2013). Mourning, dreaming, and the discovery of the oedipus complex. The Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 82 (4), 877-895.
Mahoney Michael J. (1946-2006) : Psychologue et thérapeute américain. Il a été tour à tour béhavioriste, cognitiviste et socioconstructiviste. Il s'est également intéressé au processus de communication scientifique, et au rôle dans ce processus des comités de lecture. Collaborateur de Bandura et Kazdin.
MAHONEY, M.J. (1974). Cognition and behavior modification. Cambridge, MA : Ballinger.
MAHONEY, M.J. (1977). Publication prejudices : An experimental study of confirmatory bias in the peer review system. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 1 (2), 161-175. [PDF]
MAHONEY, M.J.(2000). How therapists change: Personal and professional reflections In M. R. Goldfried (Ed.), Behaviorism, cognitivism, and constructivism : Reflections on Persons and Patterns in My Intellectual Development (pp. 183-200). Washington, DC.: American Psychological Association. [LIRE]
MAHONEY, M.J. (2002). Constructivism and positive psychology. In C.R. Snyder & S.J. Lopez (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology (pp. 745-750). Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press.
MAHONEY, M.J. (2003). Minding science : Constructivism and the discourse of inquiry. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 27, 105-123.
 
SMUCKER, M.R. (2008). Michael J. Mahoney (1946-2006) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 63 (1), 53-54.
Mahut Helen (Kiev 1920-2010) : Neurobiologiste russe, d'origine polonaise, spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire et de l'amnésie, notamment chez les singes. Collaboratrice de Squire et Zola.
MAHUT, H. (1971) Spatial and object reversal learning in monkeys with partial temporal lobe ablations. Neuropsychologiakeys with partial temporal lobe ablations. Neuropsychologia, 9, 409-424.
MAHUT, H. (1972). A selective spatial deficit in monkeys after transection of the fornix. Neuropsychologia, 10, 65-74.
MAHUT, H. & ZOLA, S. (1973). A non-modality specific impairment in spatial learning after fornix lesions in monkeys. Neuropsychologia, 11, 255-269.
MAHUT, H. & ZOLA, S. (1976). Effects of early hippocampal damage in monkeys. Society for Neuroscience, 829.
MAHUT, H., MOSS, M. & ZOLA, S. (1981) Retention deficits after combined amygdalo-hippocampal and selective hippocampal resections in the monkey. Neuropsychologia, 19 (2), 201-225.
Mai 1968 : Mouvement social.

  MOSCOVICI, S. (1980). Mai 1968 et la psychologie sociale. Connexions, 29, 127-141.
Maier/Mayer/Mayr
Norman Raymond Frederick Maier John D. Mayer Ernst Mayr
Steven F. Maier Richard E. Mayer
 
Maier Norman Raymond Frederick (Sebewaing 1900-1970) : Biopsychologue américain. Collaborateur de Schneirla.
MAIER, N.R.F. & SCHNEIRLA, T.C. (1935). Principles of animal psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill Book Company, inc.
MAIER, N.R.F. (1982). Frustration : The study of behavior without a goal. Greenwood Press
MAIER, N.R.F. (1965). Psychology in industrial organizations. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Harcourt.
MAIER, N.R.F. (1970). Problem solving and creativity in individuals and groups. Belmont, CA : Brooks/Cole Pub. Co.
MAIER, N.R.F. (1975). The role-play technique : A handbook for management and leadership practice. Pfeiffer & Co.
 
SOLEM, A. & McKEACHIE, W.J. (1979). Obituary : Norman R.F. Maier (1900-1977). American Psychologist, 34 (3), 266-267.
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). The Chicago Five : A family group of integrative psychobiologists. History of Psychology, 5 (1), 16-37
Maier Steven F. ( ) : Neuropsychologue américain. Avec Seligman et Solomon, il a élaboré une théorie pour expliquer la résignation acquise.
MAIER, S.F., SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & SOLOMON, R.L. (1969). Pavlovian fear conditioning and learned helplessness. In B.A. Campbell & R.M. Church (Eds.), Punishment and aversive behavior (pp. 299-343). New York : Appleton-Century Crofts.
MAIER, S.F., ANDERSON, C. & LIEBERMAN, D A. (1972). Influence of control of shock on subsequent shock-elicited aggression. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 81, 94-100.
MAIER, S.F. & TESTA, J. (1975). Failure to learn to escape by rats previously exposed to inescapable shock is partly produced by associative interference. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 88, 554-564.
MAIER, S.F. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1976). Learned helplessness : Theory and evidence. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 105 (1), 3-46. [PDF]
MAIER, S.F. & WATKINS, L.R. (2010). Role of the medial prefrontal cortex in coping and resilience. Brain Research, 1355, 52-60. [PDF]
Mailick Marsha R. ( ) : Spécialiste américaine de l'autisme.Collaboratrice de Greenberg. = Seltzer.
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., FLOYD, F., PETTEE, Y. & HONG, J. (2001). Life course impacts of parenting a child with disability. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 106, 265-286.
SELTZER, M.M., ALMEIDA, D.M., GREENBERG, J.S., SAVLA, J., HONG, J. & TAYLOR J.L. (2009). Psychosocial and biological makers of daily lives of midlife parents of children with disabilities. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 50, 1-15
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., HONG, J., SMITH, L., ALMEIDA, D., COE, C. & STAWSKI, R.S. (2010). Maternal cortisol levels and behavior problems in adolescents and adults with ASD. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 40, 457-469.
SELTZER, M.M., FLOYD, F., SONG, J., GREENBERG, J.S. & HONG, J. (2011). Midlife and aging parents of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities: impacts of lifelong parenting. American Journal on Intellectual & Developmental Disabilities, 116 (6), 479-499. [PDF]
MAILICK, M.R., HONG, J., GREENBERG, J., SMITH, L. & SHERMAN, S. (2014) Curvilinear association of CGG repeats and age at menopause in women with FMR1 premutation expansions. American Journal of Medical Genetics. Part B, Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 165B (8), 705-711.
Mailloux Noël (Napierville 1905-1997 Napierville) : Psychologue, psychanalyste et théologien québécois. En 1942, il fonde l'Institut de psychologie de l'Université de Montréal, la première école de psychologie francophone au Québec. Professeur de Barbeau, Lussier et Pinard.
 
 
 
 
Main
Lever la main Serrer la main Main invisible
 
Main (Lever la...) : Voir Classe (participation)
Main (Serrer la...) : Comportement prosocial. Handshaking.
  ASTROEM, J., THORELL, L., HOLMLUND, U. & D'ELIA, G. (1993). Handshaking, personality, and psychopathology in psychiatric patients : A reliability and correlational study. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 77, 1171-1186.
CHAPLIN, W.F., PHILLIPS, J.B., BROWN, J.D., CLANTON, N.R. & STEIN, J.L. (2000). Handshaking, gender, personality, and first impressions. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 79, 110-117. [PDF]
Voir aussi Comportement prosocial
Main invisible : Métaphore proposée par Smith pour expliquer les variations de l'économie. Le principe régulateur de la "main" stipule qu'en poursuivant son intérêt individuel, les agents économique contribueraient à la réalisation du bien commun. Invisible hand.
  JOHNSON, D.D.P., PRICE, M.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2013). Darwin's invisible hand : Market competition, evolution and the firm. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 90 (S), 128-140. [PDF]
Voir aussi Smith et Marché
Mainstream Science on Intelligence : Voir Manifeste du groupe des 52.
Maio Gregory R. ( ) : Psychosociologue anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des valeurs et des attitudes. Collaborateur Fincham et Olson.
MAIO, G.R. & OLSON, J.M. (1998). Attitude dissimulation and persuasion. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 182-201. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R., FINCHAM, F.D. & LYCETT, E.J. (2000). Attitudinal ambivalence toward parents and attachment style. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1451-1464. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R. & ESSES, V.M. (2001). The need for affect : Individual differences in the motivation to approach or avoid emotions. Journal of Personality, 69 (4), 583-615. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R., OLSON, J.M., ALLEN, L. & BERNARD, M.M. (2001). Addressing discrepancies between values and behavior : The motivating effect of reasons. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 104-117. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R. (2002). Values - Truth. The Psychologist, 15 (6), 296-299. [PDF]
Maison hantée : Phénomène paranormal. Poltergeist.

   BAKER, R.A. (2000). The case of the missing poltergeist. Skeptical Briefs, 10 (2), 12-29.
 WISEMAN, R., WATT, C., STEVENS, P., GREENING, E. & O’KEEFE, C. (2003). An investigation into alleged "hauntings". British Journal of Psychology, 94, 195-211. [PDF]
FRENCH, C.C., HAQUE, U., BUNTON-STASYSHYN, R. & DAVIS, R. (2009). The "Haunt" project : An attempt to build a "haunted" room by manipulating complex electromagnetic fields and infrasound. Cortex, 45 (5), 619-629.
Voir aussi Phénomène paranormal
Maison Jacques-Ferron : Ressource alternative en psychiatrie et en santé communautaire.
  PICOTTE, F. (1992). Une histoire de la psychanalyse à la Maison Jacques-Ferron : Le dur désir de durer. Filigrane, 10 (1), 109-120. [PDF] + [PDF]
PICOTTE, F. (1999). Éléments d'intervention auprès des personnes dites psychotiques à la maison Jacques-Ferron. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 20 (3), 129-140.
Voir aussi Ressource alternative en psychiatrie
Maîtres (Formation des...) : Voir Formation des enseignants
Maîtrise (des apprentissages) : Voir Fluidité.
Maîtrise (en psychologie) : Diplôme de deuxième cycle d'une durée de 2 à 3 ans. Au Québec, ce diplôme ou l'équivalent était jusqu'à tout récemment une condition nécessaire, mais non-suffisante, à l'obtention du titre de psychologue et au droit de pratique qui en découle. Depuis le 27 juillet 2006, il faut désormais un doctorat pour devenir membre de l'Ordre des psychologues du Québec. Toutefois, les individus qui ont une mîtrise reconnue par l’Ordre, qu’ils soient ou non membres au moment de l’entrée en vigueur de ce nouveau règlement, continueront d’être admissibles à l’Ordre en tout temps selon les procédures d’admission en vigueur. Maîtrise et doctorat. Master.
  LANDRUM, R.E., JEGLUM, E.B. & CASHIN, J.R. (1994). The decision-making processes of graduate admissions committees in psychology. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 9, 239-248.
CATANIA, A.C., DELEON, I.G. & CATALDO, M.F. (2000). A master's program in applied behavior analysis : Contingencies for initiation and maintenance. Behavior Analysis Today, 1, 58- 63.
LANDRUM, R.E.& HARROLD, R. (2003). What employers want from psychology graduates. Teaching of Psychology, 30, 131-133.
LANDRUM, R.E. & CLARK, J. (2005). Graduate admissions criteria in psychology : An update. Psychological Reports, 97, 481-484. [PDF]
 
ORDRE DES PSYCHOLOGUES DU QUÉBEC [LIRE]. Voir aussi Diplôme
Majorité : Sous-groupe en supériorité numérique qui, de ce fait, a le pouvoir d'imposer à tout le reste du groupe sa vision, sa volonté, ses décisions. Majorié, minorité et influence. Majority, majority group.

  ASCH, S.E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity : a minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs : General & Applied, 70 (9), 1-70. [PDF] BAUDRILLARD, J. (2000). À l'ombre des majorités silencieuses. Paris : Éditeur Sens et Tonka.
MOSCOVICI, S., LAGE, E. & NAFFRECHOUX, M. (1969). Influence of a consistent minority on the response of a majority in a color perception task. Sociometry, 32, 365-380. MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2001). Afterthoughts on after-images: A review of the literature using the afterimage paradigm in majority and minority influence. In C. De Drew & N. De Vires (Eds.), Group innovation: Fundamental and applied perspectives (pp. 15-39). Oxford : Blackwell.
LATANÉ, B. & WOLF, S. (1981). The social impact of majorities and minorities. Psychological Review, 88, 438-453. MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2003). Majority versus minority influence: When, not whether, source status instigates heuristic or systematic processing. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 313-330.
WOLF, S. & LATANÉ, B. (1983). Majority and minority influence on restaurant preferences. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 45, 282-292. ZHANG, J., HSEE C.K. & XIAO, Z. (2006). The majority rule in individual decision making. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 99, 102-111. [PDF]
NEMETH, C. & WATCHLER, J. (1983). Creative problem solving as a result of majority vs minority influence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 13, 45-55.  
TANFORD, S. & PENROD, S. (1984). Social influence model : A formal integration of research on majority and minority influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 189-225. MARTIN, R., HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2007). Systematic and heuristic processing of majority- and minority-endorsed messages : The effects of varying outcome relevance and levels of orientation on attitude and message processing. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 33, 43-56.
NEMETH, C. & KWAN, J. (1985). Originality of word associations as a function of majority vs. minority influence. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 277-282.  
NEMETH, C.J. (1986). Differential contributions of majority and minority influence. Psychological Review, 93 (1), 23-32. [PDF] BOHNER, G., DYKEMA-ENGLADE, A., TINDALE, R.S. & MEISENHLEDER, H. (2008). Framing of majority and minority source information in persuasion : When and how "consensus implies correctness". Social Psychology, 39, 108-116. [PDF]
MACKIE, D.M. (1987). Systematic and nonsystematic processing of majority and minority persuasive communications. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53, 41-52. DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., JOHN, M.S., HALABI, S., SAGUY, T., PEARSON, A.R. & RIEK, B.M. (2008). Majority and minority perspectives in intergroup relations : The role of contact, group representation, threat, and trust in intergroup conflict and reconciliation. In A. Nadler, T. Malloy & J.D. Fisher (Eds.), Social psychology of intergroup reconciliation (pp. 227-253). New York : Oxford University Press.
BARNARD, W.A. (1991). Group influence and the likelihood of a unanimous majority. Journal of Social Psychology, 131, 607-611.  
NEMETH, C. MOSIER, K. & CHILES, C. (1992). When convergent thought improves performance : Majority vs. minority influence. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 81, 139-144.  
BARTSCH, R.A. & JUDD, C.M. (1993). Majority-minority status and perceived ingroup variability revisited. European Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 471-483.  
WOOD, W., LUNDGREN, S., OUELLETTE, J., BUSCEME, S. & BLACKSTONE, T. (1994). Minority influence : A meta-analytic review of social influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 323-345. [PDF]  
MUGNY, G. & BUTERA, F. (1995). Influences majoritaire et minoritaire : vers une intégration. Psychologie Française, 40, 339-346. MUCCHI-FAINA, A., PACILLI, M.G. & PAGLIARO, S. (2011). Automatic reactions to the labels "minority" and "majority" are asymmetrical : Implications for minority and majority influence. Social Influence, 6, 181-196.
WOOD, W., POOL, G., LECK, K. & PURVIS, D. (1996). Self-definition, defensive processing, and influence : The normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193. [PDF] DICKEL, N. & BOHNER, G. (2012). Minority and majority influence on attitudes. In G. Rossi (Ed.), Psychology - Selected Papers. InTech. [PDF]
BOHNER, G., FRANK, E. & ERB, H.-P. (1998). Heuristic processing of distinctiveness information in minority and majority in influence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 855-860. [PDF]  
CRANO, W.D. & CHEN, X. (1998). The leniency contract and persistence of majority and minority influence. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74 (6), 1437-1450. [PDF]  
POOL, G.J., WOOD, W. & LECK, K. (1998). Th eself-esteem motive in social influence : Agreement with valued majorities and disagreement with derogated minorities. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 75 (4), 967-975. [PDF] HARTLEY, L., McGARTY, C. & DONAGHUE, N. (2013), Understanding disagreement within the majority about action to atone for past wrongs. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 43, 246-61.
Voir aussi Groupe majoritaire et Minorité
Majorité qualifiée :
Majorité simple :
MALADIE - MALADIE MENTALE - MALAMUTH - MALCUIT - MALINOWSKI - MALONE - MALOTT - MALTHUS - MALTRAITANCE - MAM
Mal/Maux (de dos, de tête, au ventre) : Voir Douleur à la tête, au dos, au ventre.
Malade : Celui ou celle qui souffre d'une maladie physique ou mentale. Un malade devient un patient lorsqu'il est soigné par le système de santé.

 
Maladie : Ensemble des troubles qui menace l'équilibre et l'intégrité psychologique ou biologique d'un organisme, et ultimement sa vie. Une maladie engendre généralement (mas pas nécessairement) de la douleur ou de la souffrance.

Types de maladie
Maladie biologique Maladie dégénérative Maladie respiratoire
Maladie cardiovasculaire Maladie mentale Maladie transmise sexuellement
Maladie chronique Maladie psychosomatique  
 
Maladie (Coûts de la...) :

  DUPONT, R.L., RICE, D.P., SHIRAKI, S. & ROWLAND, C.R. (1995). Economic costs of obsessive compulsive disorder. Medical Interface, 8 (4), 102-109.
KATON, W. (1996). Panic disorder : relationship to high medical utilization, unexplained physical symptoms, and medical costs. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57 (S10), 11-18.
SOLOMON, R., SOLOMON, J., MICHELI, L.J. & McGRAY, E. (1999). The "cost" of injuries in a professional ballet company : A five-year study. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 14, 164-169.
BONANNO, G.A., BREWIN, C.R., KANIASTY, K. & LA GRECA, A.M. (2011). Weighing the costs of disaster : Consequences, risks, and resilience in individuals, families, and communities. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 11, 1-49. [PDF]
Voir aussi Maladie biologique et Maladie mentale
Maladie biologique : Par opposition à la maladie mentale, ensemble de maladies dont les origines sont clairement et essentiellement de nature organique. EX: la grippe est une maladie biologique même si ses effets peuvent engendrer de la déprime ou des comportements ou des effets inhabituels (délire ou hallucination engendré par la fièvre). Certaines de ces maladies ont cependant des conséquences psychologiques (EX: cancer); alors que d'autres peuvent être amplifiée par des facteurs de nature psychologique (EX: asthme). Certaines maladies sont d'origine virale, alors que d'autres sont de nature bactérienne. = maladie organique, maladie physique, maladie somatique. /santé, santé physique. Disease, illness, physical disease.

Quelques maladies/problèmes biologiques
Allergie Diabète Infections transmises sexuellement
Alzeihmer Douleur/Mal à la tête Insuffisance respiratoire
Artériosclérose Douleur/Mal au dos Lésion cérébrale
Arthrite Douleur/Mal au ventre Maladie cardiovasculaire
Asthme Épilepsie Maladie d'Huntington
Cancer   Maladie de Parkinson
    Maladie de Pick
  Grippe Migraine
Coma Hépatite Rhume
Démence Hypertension Ulcère
 

  BOORSE, C. (1975). On the distinction between disease and illness. Philosophy & Public Affairs, 5, 49-68.  
TURK D.C., RUDY, T.E. & SALOVEY, P. (1986). Implicit models of illness. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 9, 453- 474. BROWN, P. (1995). Naming and framing : The social construction of diagnosis and illness. Journal of Health & Social Behaviour, 35, 34-52.
COHEN, S. (1988). Psychosocial models of social support in the etiology of physical disease. Health Psychology, 7, 269-297. [PDF] MOSS, P. & DYCK, I. (2003). Women, body, illness. Lanham, MD : Rowman and Littlefield.
SIEGAL, M. (1988). Children’s knowledge of contagion and contamination as causes of illness. Child Development, 59 (5), 1353-1359. LYNCH, E. & MEDIN, D. (2006). Explanatory models of illness : A study of within-culture variation. Cognitive Psychology, 53 (4), 285-309. [PDF]
SPRINGER, K. & RUCKEL, J. (1992). Early beliefs about the cause of illness : Evidence against immanent justice. Cognitive Development, 7 (4), 429-443. COHEN, S., JANICKI-DEVERTS, D. & MILLER, G.E. (2007). Psychological stress and disease. Journal of the American Medical Association, 298, 1685-1687. [PDF]
LINK, B.G. & PELAN, J. (1995). Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 35 (S), 80-94.  
Voir aussi Maladie mentale
Maladie cardiovasculaire : Maladies du coeur. Maladie cardiovasculaire, infarctus du myocarde et type A et B. Cardiovascular disease.

  COHEN, S. & MATTHEWS, K.A. (1987). Social support, Type A behavior and coronary artery disease. Psychosomatic Medicine, 49, 325-330. [PDF] FELDMAN, P.J., COHEN, S., HAMRICK, N. & LEPORE, S.J. (2004). Psychological stress, appraisal, emotion and cardiovascular response. Psychology & Health, 19, 353-368. [PDF]
BLUMENTHAL, J.A. & KRANTZ, D.S. (1987). Behavioral assessment and management of cardiovascular disorders. Professional Resource Exchange, Inc. EVERSON-ROSE, S.A. & LEWIS, T.T. (2005). Psychosocial factors and cardiovascular diseases. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 469-500.
MELAMED, S., KUSHNIR, T. & SHIROM, A. (1992). Burnout and risk factors for cardiovascular diseases. Behavioral Medicine, 18, 53-60. BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (2007). Psychosocial training and cardiac rehabilitation. Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation & Prevention, 27 (2), 104-107.
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., MAHANNA, E., MADDEN, D.J. & WHITE, W.J. (1995). Methodological issues in the assessment of neuropsychological function after cardiac operations. Annals of Thoracic Surgery, 59, 1345-50. WOLFGANG, L. (2009). Review of Psychotherapy with cardiac patients : Behavioural cardiology in practice. Canadian Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 50 (3), 214.
NEWMAN, M.F., BLUMENTHAL, J.A. & MARK, D.B. (2004). Fixing the heart; Must the brain pay the price. Circulation, 110 (22), 3402-3403. GRUENEWALD, T. L., COHEN, S., MATTHEWS, K.A., TRACY, R. & SEEMAN, T.E. (2009). Association of socioeconomic status with inflammation markers in black and white men and women in the Coronary Artery Risk Development in Young Adults (CARDIA) study. Social Science & Medicine, 69, 451-459. [PDF]
Voir aussi Maladie biologique et Infarctus
Maladie dégénérative :

  SNOWDEN, J.S., GIBBONS, Z.C., BLACKSHAW, A., DOUBLEDAY, E., THOMPSON, J., CRAUFURD, D., FOSTER, J., HAPPÉ, F. & NEARY, D. (2003). Social cognition in frontotemproal dementia and Huntington's disease. Neuropsychologia, 41 (6), 688-701.
Voir aussi Maladie biologique
Maladie chronique : Chronic health condition.

  AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS (AAP)/Committee on Children with Disabilities and Committee on Psychosoial Aspects of Child and Family Health. (1993). Psychosocial risks of chronic health conditions in childhood and adolescence. Pediatrics, 92, 876-877.
Voir aussi Trouble mental et Maladie biologique
Maladie de Pick : Voir démence frontotemporale.

  Voir aussi Trouble mental et Maladie biologique
Maladie mentale : Terme générique qui désigne l'ensemble des trouble mentaux. Mental disease, mental illnes, mental disorder, nervous mental disorde, insanity.

  BACHAND, A. (2012). L'imposture de la maladie mentale. Critique du discours psychiatrique. Montréal : éditions Liber.
Voir aussi Trouble mental
Maladie psychosomatique : Ensemble des maladies organiques dont la cause est ou serait en partie ou en tout de nature psychologique. ( ): eczéma, asthme. Maladie et psychosomatique. Psychosomatic medicine.

  Voir aussi Trouble mental et Maladie biologique
Maladie respiratoire : Maladie. = Dyspnée. Respiratory illness, respiratory infection.

  COHEN, S., LINE, S., MANUCK, S.B., RABIN, B.S., HEISE, E. & KAPLAN, J.R. (1997). Chronic social stress, social status and susceptibility to upper respiratory infections in nonhuman primates. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59, 213-221. [LIRE]
COHEN, S., DOYLE, W.J. & SKONER, D.P. (1999). Psychological stress, cytokine production, and severity of upper respiratory illness. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 175-180. [LIRE]
COHEN, S. (1999). Social status and susceptibility to respiratory infections. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, 246-253. [LIRE]
Voir aussi Maladie biologique
Maladies transmises sexuellement (MTS) : Voir Infection transmise sexuellement. Sexually transmitted diseases.

  Voir aussi Maladie biologique
Malagodi Edward F. (1935-1996) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des programmes de renforcement et de la culture. Collaborateur de Branch et Glenn.

MALAGODI, E.F. (1986). On radicalizing behaviorism; A call for cultural anaysis. Behavior Analyst, 9 (1), 1-19. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L. & PALERMI, G. (1978). Responding maintained under fixed-interval and fixed-time schedules of electric shock presentation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 271-279. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L., WARD, S.E. & MAGYAR, R.L. (1981). Responding maintained under intermittent schedules of electric-shock presentation : "Safety" or schedule effects ? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 36 (2), 171-190. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F. & JACKSON, K. (1989). Behavior analysis and cultural analysis : Troubles and issues. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 17-33. [PDF]
PITTS, R.C. & MALAGODI, E.F. (1991). Preference for less frequent shock under fixed-interval schedules of electric-shock presentation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 56 (1), 21-32. [PDF]
 
PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1997). Edward F. Malagodi (1935-1995). Behavior Analysist, 20 (1), 37-38. [PDF] + [PDF]
Malamuth Neil M. ( ) : Psychologue évolutionniste américain et spécialiste de l'agression sexuelle et de la pornographie. Collaborateur d'Anderson, Becker, Berkowitz, Briere, Buss, Check, Donnerstein et Huesmann.
MALAMUTH, N. (1979). Violence and responsibility. Contemporary Psychology, 8, 651-652.
MALAMUTH, N.M. & CHECK, J.V.P. (1981). The effects of mass media exposure on acceptance of violence against women : a field experiment. Journal of Research in Personality, 15, 436-446. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N. & BRIERE, J. (1986). Sexual violence in the media : Indirect effects on aggression against women. Journal of Social Issues, 42 (3), 75-92. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N.M., CHECK, J.V.P. & BRIERE, J. (1986). Sexual arousal in response to aggression : Ideological, aggressive, and sexual correlates. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (2), 330-340. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N., ADDISON, T. & KOSS, M. (2000). Pornography and sexual aggression : Are there reliable effects and can we understand them ? Annual Review of Sex Research, 11, 26-91. [PDF]
Malcuit Gérard ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste québécois et professeur à la retraite de l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Il étudie l'apprentissage et l'attention chez les nourrissons et les jeunes enfants. Professeur de Marchand. Collaborateur de Granger et Pomerleau.
MALCUIT, G., GRANGER, L. et LAROCQUE, A. (1972). Les thérapies behaviorales. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
POMERLEAU, A. et MALCUIT, G. (1983). L'enfant et son environnement. Montréal : PUQ.
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. Paris : Edisem.
POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G. et JULIEN, M. (1996). Contextes de vie familiale au cours de la petite enfance. In R. Tessier, C. Bouchard et G.M. Tarabulsky (Eds.), Enfance et famille : contextes de développement. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
POMERLEAU, A., LACROIX, V., MALCUIT, G. & SÉGUIN, R. (1999). Content of mothers' speech, child's language and cognitive development in different socioeconomic groups : A longitudinal study. New Mexico : Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD).
Malécot Gustave (1911-1998) : Mathématicien et généticien français, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'hérédité et la génétique des populations. On lui doit les concepts de coefficient de parenté génétique et de cosanguinité.
MALÉCOT, G. (1941). Étude mathématique des populations "mendéliennes". Ann. Univ. Lyon Sci. Sec. A, 4, 45-60.
MALÉCOT, G. (1942). Mendélisme et consanguinité. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des sciences de Paris, 215, 313-314.
MALÉCOT, G. (1945). La diffusion des gènes dans une population mendélienne. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des sciences de Paris, 221, 340-342.
MALÉCOT, G. (1948/69). Les mathématiques de l'hérédité / The mathematics of heredity. Masson, Paris/W. H. Freeman : San Francisco.
MALÉCOT, G. (1975). Heterozygosity and relationship in regularly subdivided populations. Theoretical Population Biology, 8, 212-241.
Malhonnêteté : Voir Honnêteté.
Malinowski Kaspar Bronislaw (Cracovie Pologne 1884-1942) : Ethnologue et sociologue polonais. Il est le père du fonctionnalisme anthropologique. Il a également élaboré une technique d'observation sur le terrain : l'observation participante.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1921/2001). La sexualité et sa répression dans les sociétés primitives. Paris : Éditions Payot.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1930/70). La vie sexuelle des sauvages du Nord-ouest de la Mélanésie. Description ethnographique des démarches amoureuses, du mariage et de la vie de famille des indigènes des Iles Trobriand de la Nouvelle-Guinée. Paris : Payot Éditeur.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1922/89). Les Argonautes du Pacifique occidental. Paris : Gallimard.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1927/32/76/90). La sexualité et sa répression dans les sociétés primitives. Paris : Payot.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1933/68/2001). Trois essais sur la vie sociale des primitifs. Paris : Payot.
Malle Bertram F. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste des attributions et de la théorie naïve de la personnalité. Collaborateur de Horowitz, Knobe, Pratto et Sidanius.
MALLE, B.F. & HOROWITZ, M. (1995). The puzzle of negative self-views : An explanation using the schema concept. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 68, 470-484. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F. (1999). How people explain behavior : A new theoretical framework. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 3, 23-48. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F., KNOBE, J., O’LAUGHLIN, M., PEARCE, G.E. & NELSON, S.E. (2000). Conceptual structure and social functions of behavior explanations : Beyond person-situation attributions. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 79, 309. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F. (2006). The relation between judgments of intentionality and morality. Journal of Cognition & Culture, 6, 61-86. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F., KNOBE, J. & NELSON, S.E (2007). Actor-Observer asymmetries in explanations of behavior : New answers to an old question. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology. 93, 491-514. [PDF]
Malmendier Ulrike M. ( ) : Économiste allemande et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement des leaders, notamment des présidents direteurs généraux.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2005). CEO Overconfidence and corporate investment. Journal of Finance, 60 (6), 2661-2700.
MALMENDIER, U. (2005). Does overconfidence affect corporate investment ? CEO overconfidence measures revisited. European Financial Management, 11 (5), 649-659. [PDF]
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2008). Who makes acquisitions ? CEO overconfidence and the market's reaction. Journal of Financial Economics, 89 (1), 20-43.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2009). Superstar CEOs. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (4), 1593-1638.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2015). Behavioral CEOs: On the Role of Managerial Overconfidence. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 29 (4), 37-60.
Malnutrition : Malnutrition.

  BROWN, J.L. & POLLITT, E. (1996). Malnutrition, poverty and intellectual development. Scientific American, 274, 38-43. [PDF]
Malone
John C. Malone Thomas W. Malone
 
Malone John C. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Bailey et Staddon.
MALONE, J.C. & STADDON, J.E.R. (1973). Contrast effects in maintained generalization gradients. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19 (1), 167-179. [PDF]
MALONE, J.C. (1978). Beyond the operant analysis of behavior. Behavior Therapy, 9, 584-591.
MALONE, J.C. (2001). Ontology recapitulates philology : Willard Quine, pragmatism, and radical behaviorism. Behavior & Philosophy, 29, 63-74. [PDF]
MALONE, J.C. (2003). Advances in behaviorism : It’s not what it used to be. Journal of Behavioral Education, 12, 85-89. [PDF]
MALONE, J.C. (2006). Response-contingent reinforcement : Notes on the law of effect. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 103-106. [PDF]
Malone Thomas W. ( ) : Psychologue organisationel et spécialiste de la motivation intrinsèque et des organisations. Collborateur de Chabris et Lepper.
MALONE, T.W. (1981). Toward a theory of intrinsically motivating instruction. Cognitive Science, 5 (4), 333-369.
MALONE, T.W., YATES, J. & BENJAMIN, R.I. (1987). Electronic markets and electronic hierarchies. Communications of the ACM, 30 (6), 484-497.
MALONE, T.W. & LEPPER, M.R. (1987). Making learning fun : A taxonomy of intrinsic motivations for learning. Aptitude, Learning, & Instruction 3,223-253.
MALONE, T. W., CROWSTON, K. G., LEE, J., PENTLAND, B., DELLAROCAS, C., WYNER, G., QUIMBY, J., OSBORN, C. S., BERNSTEIN, A., HERMAN, G., KLEIN, M., & O'DONNELL, E. (1999). Tools for inventing organizations : Toward a handbook of organizational processes. Management Science, 45 (3). 425-443.
MALONE, T.W, LAUBACHER, R.J. & DELLAROCAS, C. (2010). Thecollective inttelligence genome. Sloan Management Review, 5 (3), 21-31.
Malott
Maria E. Malott Richard W. Malott
 
Malott Maria E. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américaine. Elle s'intéresse notamment à l'aménagement de la culture et aux changement organisationels. Collaboratrice de Glenn et Malott.
MALOTT, M.E. & GLENN, S.S. (2006). Targets of intervention in cultural and behavioral change. Behavior & Social Issues, 15 (1), 31–56.
 
 
MALOTT, M.E. (2016). What studying leadership can teach us about the science of behavior. Behavior Analyst, 39 (1), 47-74. [PDF]
Malott Richard W. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'autisme, à la procrastination et aux règles de contingence. Étudiant de Cumming, Keller, Schoenfeld. Collaborateur de Baer, Favell, Glenn, Hineline,Malott, Michael et Morris.
MALOTT, R.W. & CUMMING, W.W. (1966). Concurrent schedules of interresponse time reinforcement : probability of reinforcement and the lower bounds of the reinforced interresponse time intervals. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9 (4), 317-325. [PDF]
MALOTT, R.W. (1989). The achievement of evasive goals : control by rules describing contingencies that are not direct acting. In S.C. Hayes (Ed.), Rule-governed behavior : Cognition, contingencies & instructional control (pp. 269-319). New York : Plenum Press.
MALOTT, R.W., SHIMAMUNE, S. & MALOTT, M.E. (1993). Rule-governed behavior and organizational behavior management : An analysis of interventions. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 103-116.
MALOTT, R.W. (1993). A theory of rule-governed behavior and organizational behavior management. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 45-65.
MALOTT, R.W. (2004). Autistic behavior, behavior analysis, and the gene. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20, 31-36. [PDF]
Malpighi Marcello (Bologne 1628-1694 Rome) : Biologiste et anatomiste italien. Il est le père de l'histologie et l'un des inventeurs du microscope.
 
 
 
MEYER, A.W. (1930). Malpighi as anatomist. Science, 72 (1862), 234-238.
PICCOLINO, M. (1999). Marcello Malpighi and the difficult birth of modern life sciences. Endeavour, 23 (4), 175-179.
Maltby John ( ) : Psychologue anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la chance et de l'adulation. Collaborateur de McCutcheon.
MALTBY, J., LEWIS, C.A. & ILL, A.P. (1998). Oral pessimism and depressive symptoms : A comparison with other correlates of depression. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 71, 195-200.
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2001). The Irrational Beliefs Survey, one factor or four ? A replication of Mahoney's (1997) findings. The Journal of Psychology, 135, 462-464.
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., GILL, P. COLLEY, A. & WODD, A.M (2008). Beliefs around luck : Confirming the empirical conceptualization of beliefs around luck and the development of the Darke and Freedman Beliefs Around Luck scale. Personality & Individual Differences, 45, 655-660. [PDF]
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., PINTO, D.G., HOGAN, R.A. & WODD, A.M. (2013). Beliefs in being unlucky and deficits in executive functioning. Consciousness & Cognition, 22, 137-147. [PDF]
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2017). Regulatory motivations in celebrity interest : Self-suppression and self-expansion. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 6 (2), 103-112. [PDF]
Malthus Thomas (1766-1834) : Économiste avant la lettre. Ses travaux ont porté sur la démographie et la compétition entre les individus pour l'obtention des ressources. Ses travaux sur la surpopulation aurait influencé Darwin.
MALTHUS, T. (1798). An essay on the principle of population as it affects the future improvement of society, wth remarks on the speculations of Mr Godwin, M. Condorcet, and other writers/Essai sur le principe de population.
MALTHUS, T. (1803). An essay on the principle of population; or, a view of its past and present effects on human happiness; with an inquiry into our prospects resecting the future removal or mitigation of the evils which it occasions.
Maltraitance : Désigne l'ensemble des mauvais traitements infligés à une personne dépendante (enfants, certains handicapés, certaines femmes, certains vieux, etc.) par les parents, les proches ou les individus responsables de cette personne (soignants et autorités des hôpitaux et des instituts psychiatriques). Ce concept englobe les sévices physiques, psychologiques, sexuels, ainsi que la négligence (absence ou insuffisance de soins). N.D.L.R. En ce sens, le mot abus est un anglicisme. Maltraitance, violence et négligencemaltraitance. /bientraitance. Abuse, physical abuse.
  APPLEBAUM, A.S. (1977). Developmental retardation in infants as a concomitant of physical child abuse. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 5, 417-423. POOLE, D.A., LINDSAY, D.S., MEMON, A. & BUUL, R. (1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of childhood sexual abuse : U.S. and British practitioners’ opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 426-437.
BELSKY, J. (1980). Child maltreatment : an ecological integration. American psychologists, 35, 320-336. ELLIOTT, D.M. & BRIÈRE, J. (1995). Posttraumatic stress associated with delayed recall of sexual abuse : A general population study. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 8, 629-647. [PDF]
EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. (1981). Attachment and early maltreatment. Child Development, 52, 44-52. KEANEY, J. & FARLEY, M. (1996). Dissociation in an outpatient sample of women reporting childhood sexual abuse. Psychological Reports, 78, 59-65.
ISAACS, C.D. (1982). Treatment of child abuse : a review of the behavioral interventions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,15 (2), 273-294. [PDF] FINKELHOR, D. (1994). Current Information on the scope and nature of child sexual abuse. The Future of Children, 4 (2), 31-53. [PDF]
EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. & ERIKSON, M. (1983). The developmental consequences of different patterns of maltreatment. Child Abuse & Neglect, 7, 155-157. ELLIOTT, D.M. & BRIÈRE, J. (1995). Posttraumatic stress associated with delayed recall of sexual abuse : A general population study. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 8, 629-647. [PDF]
OATES, R., FORREST, D. & PEACOCK, A. (1985). Self-esteem of abused children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 9, 159-163. De JONG, T.L. & GOREY, K.M. (1996). Short-term versus long-term group work with female survivors of childhood sexual abuse : A brief meta-analytic review. Social Work with Groups, 19 (1), 19-27.
FINKELHOR, D. & BROWNE, A. (1985). The traumatic impact of child sexual abuse : A conceptualization. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55, 530-541. TESSIER, R., TARABULSY, G.M. et ETHER, L.S. (1996). Dimensions de la maltraitance. Québec : Presses de l'Université du Québec.
WOLFE, D. (1985). Child-abusive parents : An empirical review and analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 462-482. ORNSTEIN, P.A., CECI, S.J. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1996). Adult recollections of childhood abuse : Cognitive and developmental perspectives. In J.L. Alpert, L.S. Brown, S.J. Ceci, C.A. Courtois, E.F. Loftus & P.A. Ornstein (Eds.), Working group of investigation of memories of childhood abuse : Final Report. American Psychological Association.
FINKELHOR, D. (1986). Abusers : Special topics. Dans D. Finkelhor (Ed.), A sourcebook on child sexual abuse (pp. 119-142). Beverley Hills : Sage. ROSS, S. (1996). Risk of physical abuse to children of spouse abusing parents. Child Abuse & Neglect, 20, 589-598.
BROWNE, A. & FINKELOR, D. (1986). Impact of child sexual abuse : A review of the research. Psychological Bulletin, 99 (1), 66-77. FENDRICH, M., MACKESY-AMITI, M.E., WISLAR, J.S. & GOLDSTEIN PJ. (1997). Childhood abuse and the use of inhalants : differences by degree of use. American Journal of Public Health, 87 (5), 765-769. [PDF]
GARBARINO, J., GUTTMANN, E., GUTTMANN, S. & WILSON, J. (1986). The psychologically battered child. San Francisco : JosseyBass. CHEASTY, M., CLARE, A.W. & COLLINS, C. (1998). Relation between sexual abuse in childhood and adult depression : case-control study. British Medical Journal, 316 (7126), 198-201. [PDF]
  BOLGER, K.E., PATTERSON, C.J. & KUPERSMIDT, J. B. (1998). Peer relationships and self-esteem among children who have been maltreated. Child Development, 69 (4), 1171-1197. [PDF]
BURGESS, R.L. (1986). Social incompetence as a precipitant to and consequence of child maltreatment. Victimology : An International Journal, 10, 72-86. MILLER, C.L. & PERRIN, R.D. (1999). Child maltreatment : An introduction. Thousand Oaks : Sage Publications
SEAGULL, E. (1987). Social support and child maltreatment : A review of the evidence. Child Abuse & Neglect, 11, 41-52. BURGESS, R.L. & DRAIS, A.A. (1999). Beyond the "Cinderella Effect" : Life-history theory and child maltreatment. Human Nature, 10, 373-398.
FINKELHOR, D. (1987). The sexual abuse of children : Current research reviewed. Psychiatric Annals : The Journal of Continuing Psychiatric Education, 17 (4), 233-241. COOPER, R. (2000). The impact of child abuse on children’s play: A conceptual model. Occupational Therapy International, 7, 259-276.
WALKER, C.E., BONNER, B.L. & KAUFMAN, K.L. (1988). The physically and sexually abused child : Evaluation and treatment. New York : Pergamon Press. ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASS, D., DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER, M.R. (2000). A model intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist, 40, 492-497.
BURGESS, R.L. KURLAND, J.A. & PENSKY, E.E. (1988). Ultimate and proximate determinants of child maltreatment : Natural selection, ecological instability and coercive interpersonal contingencies. In K. MacDonald (Ed.), Sociobiological perspectives on human development (pp. 293-319). New York : Springer-Verlag. MOLNAR, B.E., BURKA, S.L. & KESSLER, R.C. (2001). Child sexual abuse and subsequent psychopathology : Results from the National Comorbidity Survey. American Journal of Public Health, 91 (5), 753-760. [PDF]
CAVAIOLA, A.A. & SCHIFF, M. (1988). Behavioral sequelae of physical and/or sexual abuse in adolescents. Child Abuse & Neglect, 12, 181-188. FARLEY, M. & PATSALIDES, B. (2001). Physical symptoms, posttraumatic stress disorder, and healthcare utilization of women with and without childhood physical and sexual abuse. Psychological Reports, 89, 595-606.
  REECE, R.M. (2001). Child abuse : Medical dagnosis and management. Williams and Wilkins.
  VAN CAMP, C.M., BORRERO, J.C. & VOLLMER, T. R. (2002). The role of behavior analysis in the assessment and treatment of abused and neglected children. The Behavior Analyst Today, 3, 389-404.
ZURAVIN, S. (1988). Child maltreatment and teenage forst births : A relationship mediated by chronic sociodemographic stress ? American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 58, 91-103. BRIERE, J. (2002). Treating adult survivors of severe childhood abuse and neglect : Further development of an integrative model In J.E.B. Myers, L. Berliner, J., Briere, C.T. Hendrix, T. Reid & C. Jenny (Eds.)The APSAC handbook on child maltreatment (pp. 175-202). Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. [PDF]
FANTUZZO, J.W. & LINQUIST, C.U. (1989). The effects of observing conjugal violence on children : A review and analysis of research methodology. Journal of Family Violence, 4, 77-94. EGELAND, B. YATES, T., APLEYARD, K. & VAN DULMEN, M. (2002). The long-term consequences of maltreatment in the early years. Children’s Services : Social Policy, Research & Practice, 5 (4), 249-260.
PARADISE, J.E. (1989). Predictive accuracy and the diagnosis of sexual abuse : A big issue about a little tissue. Child Abuse & Neglect, 13, 169-176. GIBB, B.E., ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2003). Global reports of childhood maltreatment versus recall of specific maltreatment experiences : Relationships with dysfunctional attitudes and depressive symptoms. Cognition & Emotion, 17, 903-915.
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1989). Child maltreatment, infant-parent attachment security, and dysfuntional peer relationships in toddlerhood. Topics in Earlh Childhood Special Education, 9, 1-15. BOLGER, K.E. & PATTERSON, C.J. (2003). Sequelae of child maltreatment: Vulnerability and resilience. In S. S. Luthar (Ed.), Resilience and vulnerability: Adaptation in the context of childhood adversities (pp. 156-181). New York : Cambridge University Press.
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1990). Social and emotional consequences of child maltreatment. In R.T. Ammerman and M. Hersen (Eds.), Children at risk : An evaluation of factors contributing to child abuse and neglect (pp. 109-148). New York : Plenum. MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2003). Co-occurrence between marital aggression and parents’ child abuse potential : The impact of cumulative stress. Violence & Victims, 18, 243-258.
FINKELHOR, D. (1990). Early and long-term effects of child sexual abuse : An update. Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 21, 325-330. MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2004). Children's violence exposure in the family and community. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 152-155.
BRIERE, J.N. & RUNTZ, M. (1990). Differential adult symptomatology associated with three types of child abuse histories. Child Abuse & Neglect, 14, 357-364. LACHS, M.S. & PILLEMER K. (2004). Elder abuse. Lancet, 364, 1263-1272.
CLAUSSEN, A.H. & CRITTENDEN, P.M. (1991). Physical and psychological maltreatment: Relations among types of maltreatment. Child Abuse & Neglect, 15, 5-18. GOLDSMITH, R. & FREYD, J.J. (2005). Awareness for emotional abuse. Journal of Emotional Abuse, 5 (1), 95-123.
YAMA, M.F., TOVEY, S.L. & FOGAS, B.S. (1993). Childhood family environment and sexual abuse as predictors of anxiety and depression in adult women. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 63, 136-141. CHAFFIN, M. (2006). The changing focus of child maltreatment research and practice within psychology. Journal of Social Issues, 62, 663-684. [PDF]
BELSKY, J. (1993). Etiology of child maltreatment : A developmental- ecological analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 413-434. CICCHETTI, D. & VALENTINO, K. (2006). An ecological-transactional perspective on child maltreatment: Failure of the average expectable environment and its influence on child development. In D. Cicchetti & D.J. Cohen (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology : Risk, disorder, and adaptation (Vol 3 pp. 129-201). Hoboken, NJ, US : John Wiley & Sons.
MALINOSKY-RUMMELL, R. & HANSEN, D.J. (1993). Long-term consequences of childhood physical abuse. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 68-79. TOURIGNY, M., DOMOND, P., TROCMÉ, N., SIOUI, B. & BARIL, K. (2007). Incidence of maltreatment of aboriginal children in Quebec reported to youth protection : Intercultural comparison. First Peoples Child & Family Review, 3 (3), 103-119. [PDF]
  PRATHER, W. & GOLDEN, J.A. (2009). A behavioral perspective of childhood trauma and attachment issues : Toward alternative treatment approaches for children with a history of abuse. International Journal of Behavioral & Consultation Therapy, 5 (1), 56-74. [PDF]
LINDSAY, D.S. & READ, J.D. (1994). Psychotherapy and memories of childhood sexual abuse : A cognitive perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8, 281-338. TOURIGNY, M. & HÉBERT, M. (2007). Comparison of open versus closed group interventions for sexually abused adolescent girls. Violence & Victims, 22 (3), 335-350. [PDF]
BRIERE, J. & ELLIOTT, D.M. (1994). Immediate and long-term impacts of child sexual abuse. The Future of Children, 4 (2), 55-69. [PDF] SHAFFER, A., YATES, T.M. & EGELAND, B.R. (2009). The relation of emotional maltreatment to early adolescent competence : Developmental processes in a prospective study. Child Abuse & Neglect 33, 36-44. [PDF]
HAYNES-SEMAN, C. & BAUMGARTEN, D. (1994). Children speak for themselves. Using the Kempe Interactional Assessment to evaluate allegations of parent-child sexual abuse. New York : Brunner/Mazel. EGELAND, B. (2009). Taking stock : Childhood emotional maltreatment and developmental psychopathology. Child Abuse & Neglect, 33, 22-36.
  BRIÈRE, J. & JORDAN, C.E. (2009). Childhood maltreatment, intervening variables, and adult psychological difficulties in women : An overview. Trauma, Violence & Abuse, 10 (4), 375-388. [PDF]
  TOURIGNY, M., JACOB, M., MAYER, M., DAIGNEAULT, I., HÉBERT, M. & WRIGHT, J. (2009). Facteurs associés à la rétention des signalements impliquant une situation d’abus sexuel. Child Abuse & Neglect, 33 (12), 888-896. [PDF]
  WILSON, H.W. & WIDOM, S.C. (2010). The role of youth problem behaviors in the path from child abuse and neglect to prostitution : A prospective examination. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 20 (1), 210-236. [PDF]
  HERRENKOHL, T.I., KLIKA, J.B., HERRENKOHL, R.C., RUSSO, M.J. & DEE, T. (2012). A prospective investigation of the relationship between child maltreatment and indicators of adult psychological well-being. Violence & Victims, 27 (5), 764-776. [PDF]
Voir aussi Violence et Négligence
Maltraitance envers les enfants : Voir Enfant maltraîté.
MAMMIFÈRE - MANDLER - MANDRILL - MANGER - MANIE - MANIPULATION - MANOVA - MANQUE DE SOMMEIL - MAQUILLAGE - MAR
Mammaire (Implant) : Voir Chirurgie.
Mamassian Pascal ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine française, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision, de la perception et des habiletés motrices.
MAMASSIAN, P., KERSTEN D. & KNILL, D.C. (1996). Categorical local-shape perception. Perception, 25 (1), 95-107.
MAMASSIAN, P. (1997). Prehension of objects oriented in three-dimensional space. Experimental Brain Research, 114 (2), 235-245.
MAMASSIAN, P. (2004). Impossible shadows and the shadow correspondence problem. Perception, 33 (11), 1279-1290.
MAMASSIAN, P. (2008). Overconfidence in an objective anticipatory motor task. Psychological Science, 19 (6), 601-606. [PDF]
MAMASSIAN, P. & LANDRY, M.S. (2010). It's that time again. Nature Neuroscience, 13, 914-916. [PDF]
Mammarella Nicola ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine italienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire, notamment de l'effet d'espacement. Il s'intéresse également aux effets cognitifs du vieillisement. Collaborateur de Russo.
MAMMARELLA, N., RUSSO, R. & AVONS, S.E. (2002). Spacing effects in cued-memory tasks for unfamiliar faces and nonwords. Memory & Cognition, 30 (8), 1238-1251. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., AVONS, S.E. & RUSSO, R. (2004). A short-term perceptual priming account of spacing effects in explicit cued-memory tasks for unfamiliar stimuli. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 16 (3), 387-402.
MAMMARELLA, N., FAIRFIELD, B. & CORNOLDI, C. (2007). Does music enhance cognitive performance in healthy older adults ? The Vivaldi effect. Aging Clinical & Experimental Research, 19 (5), 394-399.
MAMMARELLA, N., FAIRFIELD, B. & DI DOMENICO, A. (2014). Does emotion modulate the efficacy of spaced learning in recognition memory ? Cogent Psychology, 1. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., BORELLA, E. & FAIRFIELD, B. (2014). Applying the concept of cognitive style to cognitive aging. Annals Gerontology Geriatric Research, 1 (2), [PDF]
Mammifère : Classe d'animaux vertébrés et vivipares, qui se caractérise par la présence de mamelles, d'un coeur à quatre cavités, de poumons, d'un système nerveux et encéphalique. La température interne de leur corps est constante. Certains mammifères sont herbivores, alors que d'autres sont carnivores. ( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessus. Mammal.
Règne
  Embranchement  
  Classe  
  Ordre  
  Famille  
  Genre  
  Espèce  
  Population  


Les mammifères
      Otarie
Babouin Cobaye Léopard Ours
Baleine Cochon d'inde Lion Phoque
Bélier Coyote Loup Panda
Béluga Dauphin Lycaon Porc
Capucin Écureuil Lynx Rat
Caribou Éléphant Macaque Raton-laveur
Cerf Gibbon Mandrill Renard
Chat Girafe Marmotte Singe
Chauve-souris Gorille Morse Souris
Cheval Humain Mouffette Tamarin
Chèvre Hyène Mouton Tigre
Chien Langur Narval Vache
Chimpanzé Lapin Orang-outan Vervet
    Orignal  
 

    GAGE, F.H. (2000). Mammalian neural stem cells. Science, 287 (5457), 1433-1438.
SIMPSON, G.G. (1935). The first mammals. Quarterly Review of Biology, 10, 154-180. LIPP, H.P., PLESKACHEVA, M.G., GOSSWEILER, H., RICCERI, L., SIRNOV, A.A., GARIN, N.N., PEREPIOKINA, O.P., VORONKOV, D.N., KUPTOV, P.A. & DELL'OMO, G. (2001). A large outdoor radial maze for comparative studies in birds and mammals. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 25, 83-99. [PDF]
  SPINKA, M., NEWBERRY, R.C. & BEKOFF, M. (2001). Mammalian play : Training for the unexpected. Quarterly Review of Biology, 76, 141-168.
  GOULD, E. & GROSS, C.G. (2002). Neurogenesis in adult mammals : some progress and problems. The Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 619-623.
BURT, W.H. (1943). Territoriality and home range concepts as applied to mammals. Journal of Mammalogy, 24, 346-352. DE VRIES, G.J. & SIMERLY, R. (2002). Anatomy, development and function of sexually dimorphic neural circuits in the mammalian brain. In D.W. Pfaff, et al. (Eds.), Hormones, brain and behavior. New York : Elsevier.
ALTMAN, J. (1962). Are neurons formed in the brains of adult mammals ? Science, 135, 1127-1128. [PDF] PROVENCIO, I., ROLLAG, M.D. & CASTRUCCI, A.M. (2002). Photoreceptive net in the mammalian retina : This mesh of cells may explain how some blind mice can still tell day from night. Nature, 415, 493.
  GOULD, E. & GROSS, C.G. (2002). Neurogenesis in adult mammals : some progress and problems. The Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 619-623.
GOTTLIEB, G. (1971). Ontogenesis of sensory function in birds and mammals. In E. Tobach, L.R. Aronson & E. Shaw (Eds.), The biopsychology of development (pp. 67-128). New York : Academic Press. ZHAO M., MOMMA, S. & DELFANI, K. (2003). Evidence for neurogenesis in the adult mammalian substantia nigra. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100 (13), 7925-7930.
  SHARPE, L.L. (2003). Play does not enhance social cohesion in a cooperative mammal. Animal Behaviour, 20, 551-558.
ZEPELIN, H. & RECHTSCHAFFEN, A. (1974). Mammalian sleep, longevity, and energy metabolism. Brain Behavior & Evolution, 10, 425-470. PARENT, J.M. (2003). Injury-induced neurogenesis in the adult mammalian brain. Neuroscientist, 9, 261-272.
DELANY, M.J. (1974). The ecology of small mammals. London : Edward Arnold. BARTON, R.A., AGGLETON, J.P. & GRENYER, R. (2003). Evolutionary coherence of the mammalian amygdala. Proceedings of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 270(1514), 539-543. [PDF]
BANFIELD, A.W.F. (1974). Les mammifères du Canada. Québec : Les Presses de l'Université Laval. ROSENWASSER, A.M. (2003). Neurobiology of the mammalian circadian system : Oscillators, pacemakers and pathways. In S.J. Fluharty & H. Grill (Eds.), Progress in psychobiology and physiological psychology (Vol. 18). New York : Elsevier.
ALLISON, T. & CICCHETTI, D.V. (1976). Sleep in mammals : Ecological and constitutional correlates. Science, 194, 732-734.  BAYER, S.A. & ALTMAN, J. (2004). Development of the preoptic area : Time and site of origin, migratory routes, and settling patterns of its neurons. The Journal of Comparative Neurology, 265 (1), 65-95.
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170. MING, G.-L. & SONG, H. (2005). Adult neurogenesis in the mammalian central nervous system. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 28, 223-250. [PDF]
 BROWN, R.E. (1979). Mammalian social odors : A critical review. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 10, 103-162.  O’REGAN, H.J., ANDREW C. & KITCHENER, A.C. (2005). The effects of captivity on the morphology of captive, domesticated and feral mammals. Mammal Review, 35 (3-4), 215-230. [PDF]
GALEF, B.G. (1983). Costs and benefits of mammalian reproduction. In H. Moltz & L. Rosenblum (Eds.), Symbiosis in parent-offspring interactions (pp. 249-278.). New York : Plenum Press. CURLEY, J.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2005). Genes, brains and mammalian social bonds. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 20 (10), 561-567. [PDF]
BEAUDIN, L. et QUINTIN, M. (1983). Guide des mammifères terrestres du Québec, de l'Ontario et des Maritimes. Waterloo : Éditions du Nomade. CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., HODGE, S.J., SPONG, G., RUSSELL, A.F., JORDAN, N.R., BENNETT, N.C., SHARPE, L.L. & MANSER, M.B. (2006). Intrasexual competition and sexual selection in cooperative mammals. Nature, 444 (7122), 1065-1068.
POOLE, T.B. (1985). The social behavior of mammals. London : Chapman & Hall FISHER, H.E., ARON, A. & BROWN, L .J. (2006). Romantic love: A mammalian brain system for mate choice. Philosphical Transactions of the Royal Society B : Bioloical Science, 361, 2173-2186. [PDF]
BROWN, R.E. & MacDONALD, D.W. (Eds.) (1985). Social odours in mammals. Oxford : Clarendon Press. BROAD, K.D., CURLEY, J.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2006). Mother-infant bonding and the evolution of mammalian social relationships. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 361, 2199-2214. [PDF]
TRAILL, R.R. (1988). The case that mammalian intelligence is based on sub-molecular memory coding and fibre-optic capabilities of myelinated nerve axons. Speculations in Science & Technology, 11 (3), 173-181. SILK, J.B. (2007). The adaptative value of sociality in mammalian groups. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 362, 539-559. [PDF]
WILKINSON, G.S. (1988). Reciprocal altruism in bats and other mammals. Ethology & Sociobiology, 9, 85-100. REEP, R.L, FINLAY B.L. & DARLINGTON, R.B. (2007). The limbic system in mammalian brain evolution. Brain, Behavior, Evolution, 70, 57-70. [PDF]
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170. TREVES, A, TASHIRO, A., WITTER, M.E. & MOSER, E.I. (2008). What is the mammalian dentate gyrus good for ? Neuroscience, 154, 1155-1172.
GOMENDIO, M. & ROLDAN, E.R.S. (1991). Sperm competition influences sperm size in mammals. Proceedings of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 243, 181-185. [PDF] HOLLÉN, L.I. & RADFORD, A.N. (2009). The development of alarm call behaviour in mammals and birds. Animal Behaviour, 78, 791-800. [PDF]
REPPERT, S.M., WEAVER, D.R. & EBISAWA, T. (1994). Cloning and characterization of a mammalian melatonin receptor that mediates reproductive and circadian responses. Neuron, 13, 1177-1185. COOK, R.G., WRIGHT, A.A. & DRACHMAN, E.E. (2013). Categorization of birds, mammals, and chimeras by pigeons. Behavioural Processes, 93, 98-110. [PDF]
KURTA, A. (1995). Mammals of the Great Lakes region. Toronto : Fitzhenry & Whiteside. MARTIN, J.G.A., FESTA-BIANCHET, M., CÔTÉ, S.D. & BLUMSTEIN, D.T. (2013). Detecting between-individual differences in hind-foot length in populations of wild mammals. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 91, 118-123. [PDF]
  KUHN, H.G. (2015). Control of cell survival in adult mammalian neurogenesis. Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in Biology, 7 (12),
BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent : Erpi. Voir aussi Éthologie et Animal
Mammifère marin : Classe d'animaux vertébrés et vivipares, qui se caractérise par la présence de mamelles, d'un coeur à quatre cavités, de poumons, d'un système nerveux et encéphalique. La température interne de leur corps est constante. Certains mammifères sont herbivores, alors que d'autres sont carnivores. ( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessus. Mammal.
Règne
  Embranchement  
  Classe  
  Ordre  
  Famille  
  Genre  
  Espèce  
  Population  

Les mammifères marins
Baleine     Otarie
Béluga Dauphin Narval Phoque
 
Management Science : Revue scientifique de gestion. Éditeur : Informs Online.
SCHMIDT, U. & ZANK, H. (2008). Risk aversion in cumulative prospect theory. Management Science, 54 (1), 208-216. [PDF]

Mande : Voir Commande verbale. Mand.
Mandler
George Mandler Jean M. Mandler
 
Mandler George (Vienne 1924-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine autrichienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la pensée et des émotions. Collaborateur de Kvavilashvili et Mandler.
MANDLER, G. (1975/82). Mind and emotion. New York : Wiley.
MANDLER, G. (2001). Apart from genetics : What makes monozygotic twins similar ? Journal of Mind & Behavior, 22, 147-159.
MANDLER, G. (2002). Organization : What the levels of processing are levels of. Memory, 10, 333-338.
MANDLER, G. (2005). The consciousness continuum : From "qualia" to "free will". Psychological Research, 56, 330-337. [PDF]
MANDLER, G. (2007). A history of modern experimental psychology : From James and Wundt to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
Mandler Jean M. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement des enfants et de la pensée. Collaboratrice de Bruner et Mandler.
MANDLER, J.M. & MANDLER, G. (1964/82). Thinking : From Association to Gestalt. New York : John Wiley & Sons/Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press.
MANDLER, J.M. (1992). How to build a baby II: Conceptual primitives. Psychological Review, 99, 587-604. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2000). Perceptual and conceptual processes in infancy. Journal of Cognition & Development, 1, 3-36. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2008). On the birth and growth of concepts. Philosophical Psychology, 21, 207-230. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2012). On the spatial foundations of the conceptual system and its enrichment. Cognitive Science, 36, 421-451. [PDF]
Mandrill (Mandrillus sphinx) : Singe. Mandrill.
 
JOUVENTIN, P. (1975). Observations sur la socio-ecologie du mandrills. Revue d'Ecologie Appliquée, 29, 493-532. HARRISON, M.J.S. (1988). The mandrill in Gabon's rain forest-ecology, distribution and status. Oryx, 22 (4), 218-228.
HOLT, N. (1980). Social dominance in a group of captive mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx) : An analysis of behaviour indices Thèse de doctorat/Mcmaster University. [PDF] NORRIS, J. (1988). Diet and feeding behavior of semi-free ranging mandrills in an enclosed Gabonais forest. Primates, 29 (4), 449-463.
MELLEN, J.D., LITTLEWOOD, A.P., BARROW, B.C. & STEVENS V.J. (1981). Individual and social behavior in a captive troop of mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx). Primates, 22 (2), 206-220. FEISTNER, A.T.C. (1990). The behaviour of a social group of mandrills Mandrillus sphinx. Primate Eye, 41, 25-26.
LAHM, S.A. (1985). Mandrill ecology and the status of Gabon's rainforests. Primate Conservation 6, 32-33. FEISTNER, A.T.C. (1991). Scent marking in mandrills, Mandrillus sphinx. Folia Primatologica, 57, 42-47.
KUDO, H. & MITANI, M. (1985). New record of predatory behavior by the mandrill in Cameroon. Primates, 26 (2), 161-167. FEISTNER, A.T.C., COOPER, R.W. & EVANS, S. (1990). The establishment and reproduction of a group of semifree-ranging mandrills. Zoo Biology, 11, 385-395.
LAHM, S.A. (1986). Diet and habitat preference of Mandrillus sphinx in Gabon : Implications of foraging strategy. American Journal of Primatology, 11, 9-26. WICKINGS, E.J., BOSSI, T. & DIXSON, A.F. (1993). Reproductive success in the mandrill, Mandrillus sphinx : correlations of male dominance and mating success with paternity, as determined by DNA fingerprinting. Journal of the Zoological Society of London, 231, 563-574.
KUDO, H. (1987). The study of vocal communication of wild mandrills in Cameroon in relation to their social structure. Primates, 28 (3), 289-308. ROGERS, M.E., ABERNETHY, K.A., FONTAINE, B., WICKINGS, E.J., WHITE, L.J.T. & TUTIN, C.E.G. (1996). Ten days in the life of a mandrill horde in the Lope Reserve, Gabon. American Journal of Primatology, 40, 297-313.
  SETCHELL, J.M. (2005). Do female mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx) prefer brightly coloured males ? International Journal of Primatology, 26, 713–732.
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette. Voir aussi Animal et Singe
Manger : Porter à sa bouche, mâcher, avaler et digérer de la nourriture. Manger, Trouble alimentaire et comportement alimentaire. = se nourrir, s'alimenter. Eating, feeding, self-feeding skill, vegetable and fruit consuming behavior.

Manger
Appétit Mal manger Nourriture-avariée
Approvisionnement Manger à volonté Nourriture-rapide
Comportement alimentaire Manger sa main Refus de manger
Faim Manger trop rapidement Trouble alimentaire
 


  VERPLANCK, W.S. & HAYES, J.R. (1953). Eating and drinking as a function of maintenance schedule. Journal of Comparative Physiology & Psychology, 46 (5), 327-333.
ZEILER, M.D. & JERVEY, S.S. (1968). Development of behavior : self-feding. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 32, 164-168
BERKOWITZ, S., SHERRY, P.J. & DAVIS, B.A. (1971). Teaching self-feeding skils to profound retardates using reinforcement and fading procedures. Behavior Therapy, 2, 62-67.
O'BRIEN, F. & AZRIN, N.H. (1972). Developing proper mealtime behaviors of the institutionalized retarded. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5, 389-399. [PDF]
O'BRIEN, F., BUGKE, C., AZRIN, N.H. (1972). Training and maintaining a retarded child's proper eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5, 67-72. [PDF]
LUECHA, T. (2011). The effect of using token economy and social reinforcement to stimulate preschool students' vegetable and fruit consuming behavior. International Conference on Social Science & Humanity IPEDR, 5 (2), 19-21. [PDF]
Voir aussi Comportement alimentaire
Manger (Mal) : Voir Nourriture-rapide et Nourriture-avariée. Junk food.
Manger (Refus de...) : Voir Refus de manger et Trouble alimentaire. Food refusal.
Manger sa main : Comportement stéréotypé et souvent d'automutilation. Hand mouthing.

  MCCLURE, J.T., MOSS, R.A., MCPETERS, J.W. & KIRKPATRICK, M.A. (1986). Reduction of hand mouthing by a boy with profound mental retardation. Mental Retardation, 24 (4), 219-222.
REID, D.H., PARSONS, M.B., PHILLIPS, J.F. & GREEN, C.W. (1993). Reduction of self injurious hand mouthing using response blocking. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 139-140. [PDF]
MAZALESKI, J.L., IWATA, B.A., RODGERS, T.A., VOLLMER, T.R. & ZARCONE, J.R. (1994). Protective equipment as treatment for stereotypic hand mouthing : sensory extinction or punishment effects ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 345-355. [PDF]
GOH, H.L., IWATA, B.A., DELEON, I.G., LERMAN, D.C., ULRICH, S.M. & SMITH, R.G. (1995). An analysis of the reinforcing properties of hand mouthing. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 269-283. [PDF]
ROSCOE, E.M., IWATA, B.A. & ZHOU, L. (2013). Assessment and treatment of chronic hand mouthing. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46 (1), 181–198.
Voir aussi Comportement stéréotypé
Manger trop rapidement : Chez les autistes, trouble alimentaire qui consiste à manger trop rapidement. Rapid eating.

  HENRIKSEN, K. & DOUGHTY, R. (1967). Decelerating undesired mealtime behavior in a group of profoundly retarded boys. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 72, 40-44.
LENNOX, D., MILTENBERGER, R. & DONNELLY, D. (1987). Response interruption and DRL for the reduction of rapid eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (3), 279-284. [PDF]
WRIGHT, C.S. & VOLLMER, T.R. (2002). An evalution of a treatment package to reduce rapid eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (1), 89-94. [PDF]
ANGLESA, M.M., HOCH, H. & TAYLOR, B.A. (2008). Reducing rapid eating in teenagers with autism : Use of a pager prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 41 (1), 107-111. [PDF]
Voir aussi Trouble alimentaire et Comportement alimentaire
Maniaco-dépression : Voir Trouble bipolaire.
Manie/Maniaque : Du grec mania qui signifie «habitude». État pathologique qui constitue l'une des deux phases du trouble bipolaire. Elle se caractérise par un sentiment exagéré de bien-être, d'euphorie et de confiance en soi ou d'irritabilité. Les symptômes de la manie sont : la fuite des idées ou la sensation que les pensées défilent trop vite, l'augmentation de l'estime de soi, la réduction du besoin de sommeil, une augmentation démesurée de l'appétit, des difficultés de concentration, le désir de parler constamment, l'irritabilité, des idées de grandeur, la crainte de perdre le contrôle de son esprit, la prise de décisions irrationnelles.
 
Symptômes de la manie
Difficulté de concentration Décision irrationelle Crainte de perdre le contrôle de son esprit
Sentiment exagéré de bien-être Défilement trop rapide des idées Difficulté de concentration
Parler constamment Idées de grandeur  
 


  BINSWANGER, L. (1963). Mélancolie et manie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (1978). A rating scale for mania : reliability, validity and sensitivity. British Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 429-435.
WRIGHT, J.B.D. (1993). Mania following sleep deprivation. British Journal of Psychiatry, 196, 679- 680.
ATHANASSIOU-POPESCO, C. (1996). La défense maniaque. Presses Universitaires de France.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (2000). Young Mania Rating Scale. In Handbook of psychiatric measures (pp. 540-542). Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Association.
LAM, R.W., MICHALAK, E.E. & SWINSON, R.P. (2005). Assessment scales in depression, mania and anxiety. London, UK : Taylor and Francis.
Voir aussi Trouble bipolaire
Manie (Mesure et évaluation de la...) : Ensemble des critères de diagnostic, des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer la manie. Rating scale for mania, assessment scales in mania.

  YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (1978). A rating scale for mania : reliability, validity and sensitivity. British Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 429-435.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (2000). Young Mania Rating Scale. In Handbook of psychiatric measures (pp. 540-542). Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Association.
LAM, R.W., MICHALAK, E.E. & SWINSON, R.P. (2005). Assessment scales in depression, mania and anxiety. London, UK : Taylor and Francis.
Manifeste : Texte qui conteste l'orthodoxie, notamment en science, en faisant appel au changement, généralement en proposant de nouvelles idées, un nouveau point de vue, une nouvelle solution à de "vieux problèmes" jugés non-résolus. = Appel aux changements, à la révolution. Manifesto.

  MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1847/1962). Le manifeste du Parti communiste. Paris : Plon.
GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23. [PDF]
MOLENAAR, P.C.M. (2004). A manifesto on psychology as idiographic science : Bringing the person back into scientific psychology, this time forever. Measurement : Interdisciplinary Research & Perspectives, 2 (4), 201-218. [PDF]
 QUARTZ, S. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2010). The neural basis of cognitive development: A constructivist manifesto. D. Hauptmann & W. . Neiderich (Ed.), Cognitive architecture. From biopolitics to noopolitics. Architecture and Mind in the Age of Communication and Information (pp. 100-115). 010 Publishers. [PDF]
Manifeste des 52 : Manifeste rédigé par Gottfredson et signé par un groupe de 52 psychologues spécialisés dans l'étude de l'intelligence - le groupe des 52 - qui appuient l'essentiel des conclusions du livre The Bell curve de Herrnstein et Murray. N.D.L.R. Il convient de préciser que les dites conclusions ne sont pas partagées par tous les psychologues. = manifeste du groupe des 52. Mainstream Science on Intelligence.
  GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23. [PDF]
 
Les 52 signataires
Richard D. Arvey Robert Hogan R. Travis Osborne
Thomas J. Bouchard Joseph L. Horn Robert Perloff
John B. Carroll Lloyd G. Humphreys Robert Plomin
Raymond B. Cattell John E. Hunter Cecil R. Reynolds
David B. Cohen Seymour W. Itzkoff David C. Rowe
Rene V. Dawis Douglas N. Jackson J. Philippe Rushton
Douglas K. Detterman James J. Jenkins Vincent Sarich
Marvin Dunnette Arthur R. Jensen Sandra Scarr
Hans Eysenck Alan S. Kaufman Frank L. Schmidt
Jack Feldman Nadeen L. Kaufman Lyle F. Schoenfeldt
Edwin A.Fleishman Timothy Z. Keith James C. Sharf
Grover C. Gilmore Nadine Lambert Herman H. Spitz
Robert A. Gordon J.C. Loehlin Julian C. Stanley
Linda S. Gottfredson David Lubinski Del Thiessen
Robert L. Greene David T. Lykken Lee A. Thompson
Richard J. Haier Richard Lynn Robert L. Thorndike
Garrett Hardin Paul E. Meehl Philip Anthony Vernon
    Lee Willerman
 
Voir aussi Gottfredson et Intelligence
Manipuler/Manipulation : Ce terme a quatres acceptions : a) En méthodologie, dans le cadre d'une expérience scientifique ou d'une quasi-expérience, manipuler est une opération de la méthode expérimentale qui consiste à modifier la nature d'un objet d'étude (ou son milieu), donc à lui faire volontairement subir un changement, afin de mieux l'étudier (comprendre sa nature ou ses propriétés). L'aspect de l'objet ou du milieu manipulé par le chercheur se nomme variable indépendante provoquée (ou manipulée). Manipuler consiste donc à soumettre les sujets d'une expérience à l'effet de cette variable manipulée. EX: Manipuler la quantité de nourriture donnée à un rat afin de mieux comprendre les mécanismes d'apprentissage. = manipulation expérimentale. b) Le terme a également une signification voisine en analyse du comportement. Il désigne la modification de l'environnement que le chercheur ou le clinicien effectue dans le but de modifier la fréquence d'un comportement donné. Manipulating antecedent conditions. c) En psychologie sociale, le terme renvoie aux stratégies qui visent à influencer volontairement le comportement des autres, afin de les exploiter, souvent à des fins monétaires. En principe, la différence entre influence et manipulation réside dans le caractère volontaire et parfois amoral ou immoral de la manipulation. Dans les faits, il faut admettre qu'il n'est pas toujours aisé d'établir clairement cette distinction. = manipulation sociale. d) Finalement, ce terme englobe l'ensemble des comportements exploratoires à l'endroit d'un objet.

  a
WADE, N.J. & HELLER, D. (1997). Scopes of perception : The experimental manipulation of space and time. Psychological Research, 60, 227-237.
 DUKE, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2001). The effects of routine cage-changing on cardiovascular and behavioral parameters in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Contemporary Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 40 (1), 17-20.
 SHARP, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G., AZAR, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2003). Are "by-stander" female Sprague-Dawley rats affected by experimental procedures ? Contemporary Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 42 (1), 19-27. [PDF]
Voir aussi Méthode expérimentale
b
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46. [PDF]
KENNEDY, C.H. (1994). Manipulating antecedent conditions to alter the stimulus control of problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (1), 161-170. [PDF]
Voir aussi Contingence et Changement de comportement
c
 BUSS, D.M. (1987). Selection, evocation, and manipulation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53 (6), 1214-1221. [PDF]
Voir aussi Manipulation sociale
d
BARD, K.A. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1984). The communicative context of object manipulation in Ape and Human adult-infant pairs. Journal of Human Evolution, 13, 181-190. [PDF]
VAUCLAIR, J. & FAGOT, J. (1993). Manual and hemispheric specialization in the manipulation of a joystick by baboons. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107, 210-214. [PDF]
BUXBAUM, L.J. & SAFFRAN, E. M. (2002). Knowledge of object manipulation and object function : Dissociations in apraxic and non-apraxic subjects. Brain & Language, 82, 179-199.
VAUCLAIR, J. & IMBEAULT, C. (2009). Relationships between manual preferences for object manipulation and pointing gestures in infants and toddlers. Developmental Science, 12, 1060-1069. [PDF]
Voir aussi Comportement exploratoire
Manipulation (sociale) : En psychologie sociale, le terme renvoie aux stratégies qui visent à influencer volontairement le comportement des autres, afin de les exploiter, souvent à des fins monétaires. En principe, la différence entre influence et manipulation réside dans le caractère volontaire et parfois amoral ou immoral de la manipulation. Dans les faits, il faut admettre qu'il n'est pas toujours aisé d'établir clairement cette distinction. = manipulation sociale. Manipulation et persuasion sociale. Social manipulation.

  KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46.
 BUSS, D.M. (1987). Selection, evocation, and manipulation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53 (6), 1214-1221. [PDF]
BENTLEY-CONDIT, V. & SMITH, E.O. (1996). Female-female competition and social manipulation in baboons (Papio cynocephalus cynocephalus). American Journal of Physical Anthropology Supplement, 22, 69.
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). La technique du "Vous êtes libre de..." : Induction d'un sentiment de liberté et soumission à une requête ou le paradoxe d'une liberté manipulatrice. Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 15 (1), 45-82.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Psychologie de la manipulation et de la soumission. Paris. Dunod.
D'AlMEIDA, F. (2005). La manipulation. PUF/Que sais-je ?
Voir Influence sociale

Mann David M.A. ( ) : Neuropsychologue anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de la démence, notamment la démence sémantique. Collaborateur de Mann et Neary.

 
 
MANN. D.M.A., SOUTH, P.W., SNOWDEN, J.S. & NEARY, D. (1993). Dementia of frontal lobe type ; neuropathology and immunohisto-chemistry. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 56, 605-614. [PDF]
MANN. D.M.A. McDonagh AM, Pickering-Brown SM, Kowa H, Iwatsubo T. (2001). Amyloid protein deposition in patients with frontotemporal lobar degeneration: relationship to age and apolipoprotein E genotype. Neurosci Lett 2001; 304: 161-64.
Mann DMA (2007) Frontotemporal lobar degeneration - a coming of age. Acta Neuropathologica 114; 1-4.
 

Manning Aubrey William George (Chiswick 1930-) : Zoologiste et généticien anglais. Étudiant de Tinbergen. Collaborateur de Bastock et Dawkins.
BASTOCK, M. & MANNING, A. (1955). The courtship of Drosophila melanogaster. Behaviour, 8, 85-111.
 MANNING, A. (1965). Drosophila and the evolution of behaviour. View points in Biology, 4, 125-169.
 MANNING, A. (1989). The ontogeny of an ethologist. In D.A. Dewsbury (Ed.), Studying animal behavior : Autobiographies of the founders (pp. 289-313). Chicago : Chicago University Press.
 MANNING, A. & DAWKINS, M.S. (1998). An introduction to animal behaviour. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
 MANNING, A. (2005). Four decades on from the "four question". Animal Biology, 55, 287-296.
Mannoni
Maud Mannoni Octave Mannoni
 
Mannoni Maud (Courtrai 1923-1998 Paris) : Psychanalyste française d'origine néerlandaise, spécialisée dans l'étude et le traitement de la maladie mentale infantile. Étudiante et patiente de Lacan.
MANNONI, M. (1973). Éducation impossible. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1979). Le psychiatre, son fou, et la la psychanalyse. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1981). L'enfant arriéré et sa mère. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1984). Enfance aliénée. Paris : Denoel.
MANNONI, M. (1991). Le nommé et l'innommable. Paris : Denoel.
 
BOUKOBZA, C. (1999). Maud Manoni and the retarded child. In J. de Groefj and E. Heinemann (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and mental handicap (pp. 7-22). London : Free Association Books.
Mannoni Octave (1899-1989) : Psychanalyste et ethnologue français. Analysé par Lacan.
MANNONI, O. (1968). Freud, écrivain de toujours. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, O. (1977). La machine. Paris : Tchou.
MANNONI, O. (1980). Un commencement qui n'en finit pas : Transfert, interprétation, théorie. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, O. (2002). Clefs pour l'imaginaire ou l'autre scène. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, O. (2002). Freud. Paris : Seuil.
MANOVA : Voir Analyse multivariée.
Manque de sommeil : Voir Sommeil.
Manuel scolaire : Livre, souvent obligatoire, qu'un enseignant/professeur utilise en classe et à la maison pour enseigner une matière. Manuel et livre de psychologie.

  CARETTE, V. (2001). Le manuel scolaire : outil pour l’élève ? In Y. Lenoir, B. Rey, G.-R. Roy & J. Lebrun (Dir.), Le manuel scolaire et l’intervention éducative : regards critiques sur ses apports et ses limites. Sherbrooke : Éditions du CRP.
GERARD, F.-M. et ROEGIERS, X. (2003). Des manuels scolaires pour apprendre : Concevoir, évaluer, utiliser, Bruxelles : De Boeck Université.
GERARD, F.-M. (2003). Les manuels scolaires d'aujourd'hui, de l'enseignement à l'apprentissage. Option, 4, 27-28.
LEBRUN, M. (Dir.) (2006). Le manuel scolaire. Un outil à multiples facettes. Québec : Presses de l’Université du Québec.
GERARD, F.-M. (2010). Le manuel scolaire, un outil efficace, mais décrié. Éducation & Formation : Manuels scolaires et matériel didactique, 292,13-24.
Voir aussi Lire et Livre de psychologie
Manuscrit (scientifique) : En science, un manuscrit est une version achevée mais non-définitive d'un livre ou d'un article scientifique qu'un auteur soumet à un éditeur et à son comité de lecture pour fins de d'évaluation et de communication. Manuscript, preparing a publication paper.

  BORDAGES, G. (1989). Considerations in preparing a publication paper. Teaching & Learning in Medicine, 1, 47-52. RAY, J., BERKWITS, M. & DAVIDOFF, F. (2000). The fate of manuscripts rejected by a general medical journal. American Journal of Medicine, 109 (2), 131-135.
CHEW, F. S. (1991). Fate of manuscripts rejected for publication in the AJR. American Journal of Roent-genology, 156 (3), 627–632.  
STERNBERG, R.J., HOJJAT, M., BRIGOCKAS, M.G. & GRIGORENKO, E.L. (1997). Getting in: criteria for acceptance of manuscripts in Psychological Bulletin, 1993-1996. Psychological Bulletin, 121 (2), 321-323. BORDAGES, G. (2001). Reasons reviewers reject and accept manuscripts : The strengths and weaknesses in medical education reports. Academic Medicine, 76 (9), 889-896. [PDF]
PETTY, R.E. & FLEMING, M.A. (1999). The review process at PSPB: correlates of interreviewer agreement and manuscript acceptance. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25 (2), 188-203. McDONALD, R.J., CLOFT, H.J. & KALLMES, D.F. (2007). Fate of submitted manuscripts rejected from the American Journal of Neuroradiology: outcomes and commentary. American Journal of Neuroradiology, 28 (8), 1430-1434.
OPTHOF, T., FURSTNER, F., Van GEER, M. & CORONEL, R. (2000). Regrets or no regrets? No regrets! The fate of rejected manuscripts. Cardiovascular Research, 45 (1), 255-258. KHOSLA, A., MCDONALD, R. J., BORNMANN, L. & KALLMES, D.F. (2011). Getting to yes : the fate of neuro- radiology manuscripts rejected by Radiology over a 2-year period. Radiology, 260 (1), 3-5.
Voir aussi Éditeur, Article scientifique et Comité de lecture
Manz Charles C. ( ) : Spécialiste américain des organisations et de la gestion du personnel. Il s'intéresse à l'étude du leadership. Collaborateur de Pearce et Sims.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (1980). Self-management as a substitute for leadership: A social learn- ing theory perspective. Academy of Management Review, 5, 361 367.
MANZ, C.C. (1986), Self leadership : Toward An expanded theory of self influence processes in organizations. Academy of Management Review, 11, 585-600.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (1987). Leading workers to lead themselves : the external leadership of self- managed work team. Administrative Science Quarterly, 32, 106-128.
MANZ, C.C. (1990). Self-leading work teams : moving beyond self-management myths. Human Relations, 45, 1119-1140.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, H.P. (1991). Superleading : Beyond the myth of heroic leadership. Organizational Dynamics, 22 (2), 18-35. [PDF]
Maple Terry L. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste, éthologiste et primatologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du panda. Collaborateur de Marr.
 MAPLE, T.L. (2000). Saving the giant panda. Atlanta : Longstreet Press.
 MAPLE, T.L. (2003). Behavioral and developmental consequences of early rearing experience for captive giant pandas (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 117, 235-245.
 BLOOMSMITH M. A., MARR, J.M. & MAPLE, T.L. (2006). Addressing nonhuman primate behavioral problems through the application of operant conditioning : Is the human treatment approach a useful model ? Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 102, 205-222.
 PERDUE, B.M., SNYDER, R.J., PRATTE, J., MARR, M.J. & MAPLE, T.L. (2009). Spatial memory recall in the giant panda (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 123 (3), 275-279.
 CLAY, A.E., BLOOMSMITH, M.A., MARR, J.M. & MAPLE, T.L. (2009). Systematic investigation of the stability of food preferences in captive orangutans: Implications for positive reinforcement training. Journal of Applied Animal Welfare Science, 12 (4), 306-313.
Maquillage : Modification de son apparence au moyen de teinture, de peinture ou de cosmétique. Maquillage, attirance et beauté. = cosmétique. Make-up, cosmetic.

   WAX, M.L. (1957). Themes in cosmetics and grooming. American Journal of Sociology, 62, 588-593.  
 GRAHAM, J.A. & JOUHAR, A.J. (1981). The effects of cosmetics on person perception. International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 3 (5), 199-210.  Huguet P, Croizet J, Richetin J (2004) Is "What has been cared for" necessarily good ? Further evidence for the negative impact of cosmetics use on impression formation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 34 (8), 1752-1771.
 COX, C.L. & GLICK, W.H. (1986). Resume evaluations andcosmetics use : When more is not better. Sex Roles, 14 (1-2), 51-58. RICHETIN, J., HUGUET, P. & CROIZET, J.C. (2007). Le rôle des cosmétiques dans les premières impressions : le cas particulier du maquillage. L'Année Psychologique, 107, 65-86. [PDF]
 CASH, T.F., DAWSON, K., DAVIS, P., BOWEN, M. & GALUMBECK, C. (1989).Effects of Cosmetics Use on the Physical Attractiveness and Body Image of American College Women. The Journal of Social Psychology, 129 (3), 349-355. NASH, R., FIELDMAN, G., HUSSEY, T., Lévêque J-L. & PINEAU, P. (2006). Cosmetic : They influence more than Caucasian female facial attractiveness. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 36, 493-504.
  RICHETIN, J., HOGUET, P. et CROIZE, J.C. (2007). Le rôle des cosmétiques dans les premières impressions: Le cas particulier du maquillage. L'Année Psychologique, 107, 65-86. [PDF]
 WORKMAN, J.E. & JOHNSON, K.K.P. (1991). The role of cosmetics in impression formation. Clothing & Textiles Research Journal, 10 (1), 63-67. GUÉGUEN, N. (2008). The effects of women’s cosmetics on men’s approach : an evaluation int the bar. North American Journal of Psychology, 10 (1), 221-228. [PDF]
 KYLE, D.J. & MAHLER, H.I.M. (1996). The effects of hair color and cosmetic use on perceptions of a female's ability. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 20, 447-455.  RUSSELL, R. (2009). A sex difference in facial contrast and its exaggeration by cosmetics. Perception, 38, 1211-1219.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001), The effect of perfume on prosocial behavior of pedestrians. Psychological Reports, 88, 1046-1048. [PDF] RUSSELL, R. (2010). Why cosmetics work. In R. Adams, N. Ambady, K. Nakayama & S. Shimojo, S. (Eds.), The science of social vision. New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). La force du maquillage. Cerveau & Psycho, 30, 24-28. [PDF] JACOB, C., GUÉGUEN, N., BOULBRY, G. & ARDICCIONI, R. (2010). Waitresses' facial cosmetics and tipping : A field experiment. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 29, 188-190.
  UEDA, S. & KOYAMA, T. (2010). Influence of make-up on facial recognition. Perception 39, 260–264.
 MULHERN, R., FIELDMAN, G., HUSSEY, T., LÉVÉQUE, J.L. & PINEAU, P. (2003). Do cosmetics enhance female Caucasian facial attractiveness ? International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 25 (4), 199-205. GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2011). Enhanced female attractiveness with use of cosmetics and male tipping behavior in restaurants. Journal of Cosmetic Science, 62 (3), 283-290. [PDF]
   ETCOFF, N.L., STOCK, S., HALEY, L.E., VICKERY, S.A. & HOUSE, D.M. (2011). Cosmetics as a feature of the extended human phenotype : modulation of the perception of biologically important facial signals. PloS one, 6:e25656. [PDF]
   JONES A. & KRAMER, R. (2015). Facial cosmetics have little effect on attractiveness judgments compared with identity. Perception, 44, 79-86.
   TAGAI, K., OHTAKA, H. & NITTONO, H. (2016). Faces with light makeup are better recognized than faces with heavy makeup. Frontiers in Psychology, 7 [226], 1-8. [PDF]
   JONES A. & KRAMER, R. (2016). Facial cosmetics and attractiveness : Comparing the effect sizes of professionally-applied cosmetics and identity. PloS One, 11, 1-17. [PDF]
Voir aussi Apparence, Lèvre et Beauté
MARCH - MARCHAND - MARCIA - MARIAGE - MARIJUANA - MARKOVITS - MARKUS - MARLEY - MARQUEUR - MARQUIS - MARR - MARX - MAS
Maraañón Gregorio (Madrid 1887-1960 Madrid) : Médecin et sexologue espagnol.
MARANON, G. (1931). L'évolution de la sexualité. Paris : Nouvelle Revue Française.
MARANON, G. (1931). L'évolution de la sexualité et les états intersexuels. Paris : Gallimard.
MARANON, G. (1934). L'âge critique (étude pathogénique et clinique). Paris : Alcan.
MARANON, G. (1937). Le problème des sexes. Paris : Denöel.
MARANON, G. (1938). Amiel. Une étude sur la timidité. Paris : NRF Gallimard.
Marcel Gabriel (Paris 1889-1973) : Philosophe humaniste et existentialiste chrétien d'origine française.
MARCEL, G. (1921). Le coeur des autres. Paris : Grasset.
MARCEL, G. (1925). Un Homme de Dieu. Paris : Grasse.
MARCEL, G. (1955). Croissez et multipliez. Paris : Plon.
MARCEL, G. (1955). Mon temps n'est pas le vôtre. Paris : Plon
MARCEL, G. (1959). Présence et immortalité. Paris : Flammarion.
 
RICOEUR, P. (1948). Gabriel Marcel et Karl Jaspers. Philosophie du mystère et philosophie du paradoxe. Paris : Le Seuil.
Mach/Marsh
James G. March Herbert W. Marsh
  Richard L. Marsh
 
March James G. (Cleveland 1928-) : Économiste et béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des organisations. Étudiant et collaborateur de Cyert et Simon.
CYERT, R.M. FEIGENBAUM, E.A. & MARCH, J.G. (1959). Models in a behavioral theory of the firm. Behavioral Science, 4, 81-95.
CYERT, R.M. & MARCH, J.G. (1963). A behavioral theory of the firm. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall.
MARCH, J.G. & SIMON, H. (1958). Organizations. New York : John Wiley.
COHEN, M.D., MARCH, J.G. & OLSEN, J.P (1972). A garbage can model of organizational choice. Administrative Science Quarterly, 17 (1), 1-25.
MARCH, J.G. (1978). Bounded rationality, ambiguity and the engineering of choice. Bell Journal of Economics, 9, 587-608.
Marchand André ( ) : Psychologue cognitivio-béhavioriste québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des troubles anxieux et panique. Étudiant de Malcuit. Collaborateur de Bouchard, D'Antono, Dupuis, Freeston, Perreault et Turgeon.
LABBÉ, Y. et MARCHAND, A. (1987). Modification du comportement et retard mental. Brossard : Behaviora.
MARCHAND, A. (1992). Le trouble panique avec ou sans agoraphobie : introduction. Science et Comportement, 22 (2).
MARCHAND, A. et COMEAU, S. (1992). Une recherche clinique sur le traitement en groupe de l'agoraphobie avec et sans partenaire. Science et Comportement, 22 (2).
MARCHAND, A., IUCCI, S., BRILLON, P., MARTIN, M. et MARTIN, A. (2003). Intervention de crise et débriefing : Controverses et défis. Stress et Trauma, 3 (3), 141-153.
MARCHAND, A., GERMAIN, V. & DUPUIS, G. (2004). Le TPA et la qualité de vie : impact de différents traitements du trouble panique avec agoraphobie sur la qualité de vie. Revue Francophone de Clinique Comportementale et Cognitive, 9 (1), 12-22.
Marchandisation du savoir : Tendance à considérer toute connaissance comme une marchandise que l'on peut vendre dans le but de faire du profit plutôt que de la diffuser gratuitement ou à peu de frais à la communauté scientifique et à l'ensemble de la population. = marchandisation de la connaissance.

  BORDAGES, G. (1989). Considerations in preparing a publication paper. Teaching & Learning in Medicine, 1, 47-52.
BORDAGES, G. (2001). Reasons reviewers reject and accept manuscripts : The strengths and weaknesses in medical education reports. Academic Medicine, 76 (9), 889-896. [PDF]
Voir aussi Modestie scientifique, Vertu épistémique et Publier ou périr
Marche/Marcher : Type de locomotion qui consiste en un double mouvement de balancier des jambes et des bras qui consiste d'abord à basculer son corps et ses bras devant-derrière, puis à projeter ses jambes par alternance vers l'avant, tout en maintenant son équilibre. Marcher ramper et falaise visuelle. Walk, walking.
   CROUCHMAN, M. (1986). The effects of babywalkers on early locomotor development. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 28 (6), 757-761. ADOLPH, K.E. & AVOLIO, A.M. (2000). Walking infants adapt locomotion to changing body dimensions. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 26 (3), 1148-1166. [PDF]
   KINGSNORTH, S. & SCHMUCKLER, M.A. (2000). Walking skill versus walking experience as a predictor of barrier crossing in toddlers. Infant Behavior & Development, 23, 331-350. [PDF]
 ADOLPH, K.E., EPPLER, M.A. & GIBSON, E.J. (1993). Crawling versus walking infants’ perception of affordances for locomotion over sloping surfaces. Child Development : Special Issue on Biodynamics, 64, 1158-1174. [PDF] GUÉGUEN, N. & PICHOT, N. (2001), The influence of status in the failure to observe a road safety rule among pedestrians. The Journal of Social Psychology, 141 (3), 413-415. [PDF]
 THEIN, M.M., LEE, J., TAY, V. & LING, S.L. (1997). Infant walker use, injuries and motor development. Injury Prevention, 3 (1), 63-66. [PDF]  THOMPSON, P.G. (2002). Injury caused by baby walkers : the predicted outcomes of mandatory regulations. Medical Journal of Australia, 177 (3), 147-148. [PDF]
 BRIL, B. & LEDEBT, A. (1998). Head coordination as a means to assist sensory integration in learning to walk. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 22, 555-563. ADOLPH, K.E., VEREIJKEN, B. & SHROUT, P.E. (2003). What changes in infant walking and why. Child Development, 74 (2), 474-497. [PDF]
  CLEARFIELD, M.W. (2004). The role of crawling and walking experience in infant spatial memory. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 89 (3), 214-241. [PDF]
 SIEGEL, A.C. & BURTON, R.V. (1999). Effects of babywalkers on early locomotor development in human infants. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 20 (5), 355-361. GARCIAGUIRRE, J.S., ADOLPH, K.E. & SHROUT, P.E. (2007). Baby carriage : Infants walking with loads. Child Development, 78, 664-680.
FRANCHLAK, J.M. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2012). What infants know and what they do : Perceiving possibilities for walking through openings. Developmental Psychology, 48, 1254-1261. [PDF]
Voir aussi Équilibre, Locomotion, Ramper et Falaise visuelle
 
Marché : En économie, désigne non pas un lieu mais un ensemble d'interactions entre des individus, d'une part des acheteurs (consommateurs) qui souhaitent acquérir des biens et des services (demande), et d'autres part des vendeurs (artisan, marchand, producteur, industriel, etc.) en mesure de produire et de rendre disponible ces biens/services (offre). Ces échanges d'objets et de services peuvent se faire grâce à un système monétaire ou non (troque). = économie de marché. Market, free market.
  BUCHANAN, J.M. (1972). Social choice, democracy, and free markets. Journal of Political Economy, 62, 114-23. HERMAN, E.S. (1995). Triumph of the market : essays on economics, politics, and the media. Boston. South End Press.
IMAI, K.I. & HIROYUKI, I. (1984). Interpenetration of organization an market. International Journal of Industrial Organization, 2, 285-310.  
MORAN, M. & WRIGHT, M. (Eds.) (1991). The market and the state : Studies in interdependence. London : Macmillan. EREV, I. & RAPOPORT, A. (1998). Coordination, "magic", and reinforcement learning in a market entry game. Games & Economic Behavior, 23, 146-175. [PDF]
ROTH, A.E. (1991). A natural experiment in the organization of entry-level labor markets : Regional markets for new physicians and surgeons in the United Kingdom. American Economic Review, 81 (3), 415-440. SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1999). Capitalism, the market, the "underclass" and the future. Society, 37, 33-42.
NANTEL, J. & COLBERT, F. (1992). Positioning cultural arts products in the market. Journal of Cultural Economics, 16 (2), 63-71.  
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). The costs of living : How market freedom erodes the best things in life. New York : Norton WILSON, R. (2002). Architecture of power markets. Econometrica, 70 (4), 1299-1340.
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). On morals and markets. Criminal Justice Ethics, 13, 61-69. LEVITT, S.D. (2004). Why are gambling markets organised so differently from financial markets ? The Economic Journal, 114, 223-246.
LOPES, L.L. (1994). Psychology and economics : Perspectives on risk, cooperation, and the marketplace. Annual Review of Psychology, 45, 197-227. JOHNSON, D.D.P., PRICE, M.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2013). Darwin's invisible hand : Market competition, evolution and the firm. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 90 (S), 128-S140. [PDF]
Voir Économie, Entreprise et Marché
Marché du travail : En économie, désigne non pas un lieu mais un ensemble d'interactions entre des individus, d'une part des travailleurs qui souhaitent vendre leurs forc de travail (habiletés, compétence et connaissances) en retour d'un salaire (le prix du travail), et d'autres part des employeurs qui ont besoin de cette force pour produire et vendre des biens et des services. Workplace.

  LIPS, H.M. (1993). Women and power in the workplace. In A. Minas (Ed.), Gender basics (pp. 106-113). Belmont, CA : Wadsworth.
HAMMERMESH, D. & BIDDLE, J.E. (1994). Beauty and the labor market. The American Economic Review, 84, 1174-1194.
SUM, A., KHATIWADA, I., MCLAUGHLIN, J. & PALMA, S. (2011). No country for young men : deteriorating labor market prospects for low-skilled men in the United States. Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science, 635, 24-55.
Voir Travail, Bien et Service
Marcia James E. ( ) : Psychologue canadien spécialisé dans l'étude du développement de l'identité à l'adolescence. Il a proposé quatre formes (statuts) d'identité (identité diffuse, forclusion, moratoire et identité achevée). Collaborateur de Kroger.
MARCIA, J.E. (1966). Development and validation of ego identity status. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3 (5), 551-558. [PDF]
MARCIA, J.E. (1980). Identity in adolescence. In J. Adelson (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent. psychology (pp. 159-187). New York : Wiley. [PDF]
MARCIA, J.E. (1993). The ego-identity status approach to ego-identity. In J.E. Marcia, A.S. Waterman, D.R. Matteson, S.L. Archer & J.L. Orlofsky (Eds.), Ego identity. A handbook for psychosocial research (pp. 3-21). New York : Springer.
MARCIA, J.E. (2002). Identity and psychosocial development in adulthood. Identity, 2 (1), 7-28.
MARCIA, J.E. (2009). Education, identity and iClass : From education to psychosocial development. Policy Futures in Education, 7 (6), 670-677.
 
LUYCKX, K., GOOSSENS, L., SOENENS, B., BEYERS, W. & VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2005). Identity statuses based upon four rather than two identity dimensions : Extending and refining Marcia's paradigm. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 34, 605-618.
Marcuse Herbert (Berlin 1898-1979 Starnberg Allemagne) : Philosophe et sociologue freudo-marxiste allemand, membre de l'École de Frankfort. Étudiant de Husserl et Heidegger.
MARCUSE, H. (1955). Eros et civilisation. Contribution à Freud. Paris : Minuit.
MARCUSE, H. (1955/68). Théorie des pulsions et liberté. Partisans, 43.
MARCUSE, H. (1961). L’amour et la mort (Eros et Thanatos). Arguments, 21.
MARCUSE, H. (1963/66). Le vieillissement de la psychanalyse. Partisans, 32-33.
MARCUSE, H. (1964/68). L’homme unidimensionnel. Paris : Minuit.
 
Marecek Jeanne ( ) : Psychologue et féministe américaine. Collaboratrice de Crawford, Hare-Mustin et Kimmel.
MARECEK, J. & KRAVETZ, D.F. (1977). Women and mental health : A review of feminist change efforts. Psychiatry, 40 (3), 323-329.
CRAWFORD, M. & MARECEK, J. (1989). Feminist theory, feminist psychology : A bibliography of epistemology, critical analysis, and applications. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 13, 477-491.
MARECEK, J. & HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (1994). Asking the right questions : Feminist psychology and sex differences. Feminism & Psychology, 14 (4), 531-537.
MARECEK, J. FINE, M. & KIDDER, L. H. (1997). Working between worlds : Qualitative methods and social psychology. Journal of Social Issues, 53, 29-44.
MARECEK, J. (2001). Disorderly constructs : Feminist frameworks for clinical psychology. In R. Unger (Ed.), Handbook of the psychology of women and gender (pp. 303-316). New York : Wiley.
Mareschal Denis ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste anglais et spécialiste de l'étude du développement cognitif, notamment de la catégorisation et de la sériation (ordonner). Collaborateur de Shultz.
MARESCHAL, D. & SHULTZ, T.R (1996). Generative connectionist architectures and constructivist cognitive development. Cognitive Development, 11, 571-605.
MARESCHAL, D. & SHULTZ, T.R. (1999). Developpement of children's seriation : A connectionist approach. Connection Science, 11 (2), 149-186. [PDF]
MARESCHAL, D., FRENCH, R.M. & QUINN, P.C. (2000). A connectionist account of asymmetric category learning in infancy. Developmental Psychology 36, 635-645. [PDF]
MARESHAL, D. & QUINN, P.C. (2001). Categorization in infancy. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5 (10), 443-450. [PDF]
MARESHAL, D. (2016) The neuroscience of conceptual learning in science and mathematics. Current Opinion in Behavioral Sciences, 10, 14-18.
Marge d'erreur : Dans l'analyse des données, il s'agit de l'estimation de l'étendu que les résultats d'un sondage pourraient produire si on recommençait x fois ce même sondage (disons 100 fois pour traduire rapidement le tout en %). Estimer signifie que l'on sonde une fraction de la population, que l'on nomme échantillon, afin de généraliser les résultats à l'ensemble de la population. Marge d'erreur, erreur et erreur de mesure. = écart-type. /Intervalle de confiance. Margin of error.
  THORTON, R.J. & THORTON, J.A. (2004). Erring on the margin of error. Southern Economic Journal, 71, 130-135.
GILLILAND, D. & MELFI, V. (2010). A note on confidence interval estimation and margin of error. Journal of Statistics Education, 18 (1), 1-8.
Marginalisme : Théorie de l'utilité marginale développée en parallèle par trois auteurs, Jevons, Menger et Walras.

 
Marginal/Marginalité/Marginalisation : Qui vit en marge de la société, de son groupe d'appartenance, par suite d'un rejet, d'une exclusion ou d'un retrait volontaire.

 
Margolin/Margolis
Gayla Margolin Joseph Margolis
 
Margolin Gayla ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la maltraitance, de la violence familiale et de la thérapie de couple. Collaboratrice de Jacobson, Patterson et Weiss.
MARGOLIN, G. & PATTERSON, G.R. (1975). Differential consequences provided by mothers and fathers for their sons and daughters. Developmental Psychology, 11, 537-538.
MARGOLIN, G. & PATTERSON, G.R. (1975). Differential consequences provided by mothers MARGOLIN, G. (1981). The reciprocal relationship between marital and child problems. In J.P. Vincent (Ed.), Advances in family interventions, assessment and theory (Vol. 2, pp. 167-222). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
MARGOLIN, G. (1998). The effects of domestic violence on children. In P.K. Trickett & C. Schellenbach (Eds.), Violence against children in the family and the community (pp. 57-102). Washington, DC : APA.
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2000). The effects of family and community violence on children. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 445-479.
MARGOLIN, G. (2004). Children's exposure to violence : Exploring developmental pathways to diverse outcomes. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20, 72-81.
Margolis Joseph ( ) : Épistémologue américain. Collaborateur de Harré.
MARGOLIS, J. (1970). Scientific realism, ontology, and the sensory modes. Philosophy of Science, 37, 114-120.
MARGOLIS, J. (1978). The problems of similarity : realism and nominalism. Monist, 61, 384-400.
MARGOLIS, J. (1984). Philosophy of psychology. Foundations of Philosophy Series. Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall.
MARGOLIS, J., MANICAS, P. & HARRÉ, R. (1986). Psychology : Designing the discipline. Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
MARGOLIS, J. (1991). The truth about relativism. Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
Mariage : Contrat moral/religeux ou civil entre deux personnes (couple), souvent de sexe opposé, reconnu par l'état ou l'église (institution), qui fixe certaines obligations et partage les biens des parties en présence. Un mariage brisé se solde souvent par une divorce ou un séparition. Mariage, relation intime et union libre. Marriage, marital status.

  ELLIS, A. (1961). How much sex freedom in marriage ? Sexology, 28, 292-296. BRADBURY, T.N., FINCHAM, F.D. & BEACH, S.R.H. (2000). Research on the nature and determinants of marital satisfaction : A decade in review. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 62, 964-980. [PDF]
THARP, R.G. (1963). Psychological patterning in marriage. Psychological Bulletin, 60, 97-117. BRADBURY, T.N., ROGGE, R. & LAWRENCE, E. (2001). Reconsidering the role of conflict in marriage. In A. Bootj, A.C. Crouter & M. Clements (Eds.), Couples in conflict (pp. 59–82). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
LEVINGER, G. (1964). Task and social behavior in marriage. Sociometry, 27, 433-448. [PDF]  
LEVINGER, G. & BREEDLOVE, J. (1966). Interpersonal attraction and agreement: A study of marriage partners. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 367-372. BEAN, R.A., PERRY, B.J. & BEDELL, T.M. (2001). Developing culturally competent marriage and family therapists : Guidelines for working with Hispanic families. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 27 (1), 43-54. [PDF]
LEVINGER, G. & SENN, D.J. (1967). Disclosure of feelings in marriage. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 13, 237-249. [PDF] LAZARUS, A.A. (2001). Marital myths revisited : A fresh look at two dozen mistaken beliefs about marriage. Atascadero, CA : Impact Publishers.
ORDEN, S.R. & BRADBURN, N.M. (1968). Dimensions of marriage happiness. American Journal of Sociology, 73, 715-731. STEVEN, G. & TYLER, M. (2002). Ethnic and racial intermarriage in the United States : Old and new regimes. In N.A. Denton and S.E. Tolnay (Eds.), American diversity : A demographic challenge for the twenty-first century (pp. 221-242). Albany, NY : State University of New York Press.
ELLIS, A. (1968). Let's change our marriage system ! Sexology, 34 (7), 436-439. PINDERHUGHES, E.B. (2002). African American marriage in the 20th century. Family Process, 41, 269-282.
ELLIS, A. (1969). How to increase sexual enjoyment in marriage. In B.N. Ard & C. Ard (Eds.), Handbook of marriage counseling (pp. 375-378). Palo Alto, CA : Science and Behavior. ROTHBLUM, E.D. (2002). Boston Marriage among Lesbian. In M. Yalom, L. Carstrnsen, E., Freedman & B. Gulpi (Eds.), Inside the american couple : New thinking/new challenges. Berkeley CA : University of California Press. [PDF]
JACKSON, D.D. & LEDERER, W. (1968). Mirages of marriage. New York : W.W. Norton & Co. RHOLES, W.S., SIMPSON, J.A. & RHOLES, W.S. (2002). Attachment orientations, marriage, and the transition to parenthood. Journal of Research in Personality, 36, 622-628.
LEVINGER, G. (1976). A social psychological perspective on marital dissolution. Journal of Social Issues, 32 (1), 21-47. FINCHAM, F.D., PALEARII, G. & REGALIA, C. (2002). Forgiveness in marriage : The role of relationship quality, attributions and empathy. Personal Relationships, 9, 27-37.
MANSER, M. & BROWN, M. (1980). Marriage and household decision-making : A bargaining analysis. International Economic Review, 21 (1), 31-44. BEAN, R.A., PERRY, B.J. & BEDELL, T.M. (2002). Developing culturally competent marriage and family therapists : Treatment guidelines for non- African-American therapists working with African-American families. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 28, 153-164.
RANDS, M., LEVINGER, G. & MELLINGER, G. D.(1981). Patterns of conflict resolution and marital satisfaction. Journal of Family Issues, 2, 297-321.  
NORTON, R. (1983). Measuring marital quality : A critical look at the dependent variable. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 45, 141-151. GARCIA, D.R. (2003). Mixed marriages and transnational families in the intercultural context : A case study of African/Spanish couples in Catalonia. Journal of Ethnic & Migration Studies, 32 (3), 403-433. [PDF]
SOBAL, J. (1984). Marriage, obesity and dieting. Marriage & Family Review, 7 (1), 115-139. MARTIN, P.D., SPECTER, G., MARTIN, D. & MARTIN, M. (2003). Expressed attitudes of adolescents toward marriage and family life. Adolescence, 38, 359-367.
ZOLLAR, A. & WILLIAMS, J. (1987). The contribution of marriage to the life satisfaction of black adults. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 49, 87-92. VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., ICKES, W.DE CLERCQ, A. & PEENE, O.J. (2005). Conflict and support interactions in marriage: An analysis of couples interactive behavior and on-line cognition. Personal Relationships, 12, 23–42. [PDF]
FINCHAM, F.D. & BRADBURY T.N. (1988). The impact of attributions in marriage: Empirical and conceptual foundations. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 27, 77-90. KARNEY B.R. & BRADBURY T.N. (2005). Contextual influences on marriage: Implications for policy and intervention. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 171-174.
SILVERN, L. & KAERSVANG, L. (1989). The traumatized children of violent marriages. Child Welfare, 68, 421-439. KALMIJN, M., DE GRAAF, P.M. & JANSSEN, J.P.G. (2005) Intermarriage and the risk of divorce in the Netherlands : the effects of differences in religion and in nationality, 1974-94. Population Studies, 59, 71-85.
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1989). Behavior and satisfaction in marriage: Prospective mediating processes. Review of Personality & Social Psychology, 10, 119-143. [PDF] WOOD, N.D., CRANE, D.R., SCHAALJE, G.B. & LAW, D.D. (2005). What works for whom: A meta-analytic review of marital and couples therapy in reference to marital distress. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 33 (4), 273-287. [PDF]
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1990). Attributions in marriage : Review and critique. Psychological Bulletin, 107 (1), 3-33. [PDF] VOLLING, B.L., BLANDON, A.Y. & KOLAK, A.M. (2006). Marriage, parenting, and the emergence of early self-regulation in the family system. Journal of Child & Family Studies, 15, 493-506.
ETAUGH, C. & BIRDOES, L.N. (1991). Effects of age, sex, and marital status on person perception. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 72,491-497. AMATO, P.R. & MAYNARD, R. (2007). Decreasing nonmarital births and strengthening marriage to reduce poverty. Future of Children, 17, 117-142.
SCHOEN, R. (1992). First unions and the stability of first marriages. Journal of Marriage & Family, 54, 281-284.  
SCHWAB, R. (1992). Effects of a child's death on the marital relationship : A preliminary study. Death Studies, 16, 141-154. VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., DEVOLDRE, I. & DE CORTE, K. (2007). The influence of personal characteristics and relationship properties on marital support. Psychologica Belgica, 47 (3), 195-217.
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1992). Attributions and behavior in marital interaction. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 63 (4), 613–628. ROEBUCK, B.J. & BROWN, S.L. (2007). Race-ethnic differences in marital quality and divorce. Social Science Research, 36, 945-967.
MUENCH, D.M. & LANDRUM, R.E. (1994). Family dynamics and attitudes toward marriage. Journal of Psychology, 128, 425-431. AMATO, P.R. & HOHMANN-MARRIOTT, B. (2007). A Comparison of High and Low-Distress Marriages that End in Divorce. Journal of Marriage & Family, 69, 621-638.
LEVINE, R.V, SATO, S., HASHIMOTO, T. & VERMA, J. (1995). Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26 (5), 554-571. WOLFINGER, N. & WILCOX, W. (2008). Happily ever after ? Religion, marital status, gender and relationship quality in urban families. Social Forces, 86, 1311-1337. [PDF]
VANCE, J.C., BOYLE, F.M., NAJMAN, J. M. & THEARLE, M.J. (1995). Gender differences in parental psychological distress following perinatal death or sudden infant death syndrome. British Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 806-811. HAWKINS, A.J., BLANCHARD, V., BALDWIN, S. & FAWCETT, E. (2008). Does marriage and relationship education work ? A meta-analytic study. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76 (5), 723-734.
BRADBURY, T.N., BEACH, S.R.H., FINCHAM, F.D. & NELSON, G. (1996). Attributions and behavior in functional and dysfunctional marriages. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64, 569-576. [PDF] VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., DAVIS, M., ICKES, W. & DEVOLDRE, I. (2008). Support provision in marriage : The role of emotional similarity and empathic accuracy. Emotion, 8 (6), 792-802. [PDF]
SULLIVAN, K.T. & BRADBURY, T.N. (1996). Preventing marital dysfunction : The primacy of secondary strategies. The Behavior Therapist, 19, 33-36. BLANCHARD, V.L., HAWKINS, A.J., BALDWIN, S.A. & FAWCETT, E.B. (2009). Investigating the effects of marriage and relationship education on couples' communication skills : A meta-analytic study. Journal of Family Psychology, 23 (2), 203-214. [PDF]
GIBLIN, P. (1997). Marital spirituality : A quantitative study. Journal of Religion & Health, 36, 333-344. GOLD, K.J., SEN, A. & HAYWARD, R.A. (2010). Marriage and cohabitation outcomes after pregnancy loss. Pediatrics, 125 (5), 12002-1207. [PDF]
KALMIJN, M. (1998) Intermarriage and homogamy : causes, patterns, trends. Annual Review of Sociology, 24, 395-421. HUMBAD, M.N., DONNELLAN, B., IACONO, W.G. & BURT, A. (2010). Externalizing psychopathology and marital sdjustment in long-term marriages : Results from a large combined sample of married couples. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 119 (1), 151. [PDF]
  HARKNETT, K. & SCHEIDER, D. (2012). Is a bad economy good for marriage ? The relationship between macroeconomic conditions and marital stability from 1998-2009. National Poverty Center Working Paper Series. [PDF]
  MU, Z. & XIE Y. (2014). Marital age homogamy in China: A reversal of trend in the reform era ? Social Science Research, 44, 141-157.
FINCHAM, F.D. & BEACH, S.R. (1999). Conflict in marriage : Implications for working with couples. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 47-77. [PDF] SAARELA, J. & FINNÄS, F. (2014). Transitions within and from ethno-linguistically mixed and endogamous first unions in Finland. Acta Sociologica, 57, 77-92.
Voir Couple, Relation intime, Divorce et Union libre
Marijuana : Drogue extraite du chanvre indien, qui possède des propriétés hallucinogènes et euphorisantes. = marihuana, cannabis, cannabinoï¨des. Marijuana, cannabis.

    STEPHENS, R.S., ROFFMAN, R.A. & CURTIN, L. (2000). Comparison of extended versus brief treatments for marijuana use. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 898-908.
  NUNEZ, L. & GURPEGUI, M. (2002). Cannabis-induced psychosis : A cross-sectional comparison with acute schizophrenia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 105, 173-178.
  VERDOUX, H., SORBARA, F., GINDRE, C., SWENDSEN, J.D. & VAN OS, J. (2002). Cannabis use and dimensions of psychosis in a nonclinical population of female subjects. Schizophrenia Research, 59, 77-84.
  VORUGANTI, L., SLOMKA, P., ZABEL, P., MATTAR, A. & AWAD, G.A. (2002). Cannabis induced dopamine release : an in-vivo SPECT study. Psychiatry Research, 107, 173-177.
BECKER, H. (1953). Becoming a marijuana user. American Journal of Sociology, 59, 235-240. IVERSEN, L. (2003). Cannabis and the brain. Brain, 126, 1252-1270. [PDF]
JESSOR, R., JESSOR, S.L. & FINNEY, J. (1973). A social psychology of marijuana use : Longitudinal studies of high school and college youth. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 26, 1-15. DEGENHARDT, L., HALL, W. & LYNSKEY, M. (2003). Testing hypotheses about the relationship between cannabis use and psychosis. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 71, 37-48. [PDF]
  FRENCH, M.T., ROEBUCK, M.C., DENNIS, M.L., GODLEY, S.H., LIDDLE, H.A. & TIMS, F.M. (2003). Outpatient marijuana treatment for adolescents. Economic evaluation of a multisite field experiment. Evaluation Review, 27 (4), 421-459.
  POTVIN, S., STIP, E. & ROY, J.-Y. (2004). Schizophrénie et cannabinoï¨des : Données cliniques, expérimentales et biologiques. Cannabis, 2 (2), 1-16. [PDF]
NAHAS, G.G. (1973). Marijuana-deceptive weed. New York : Raven Press. SMIT, F., BOLIER, L. & CUIJPERS, P. (2004). Cannabis use and the risk of later schizophrenia : a review. Addiction, 99, 425-430. [PDF]
ABEL, E.L. (1980). Marijuana : The first twelve thousand years. New York : Plenum Press. BOWEN, R., McILWRICK, J., MARILYN, B. & ZHANG, X. (2005). Lithium and marijuana withdrawal. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 50, 240-241.
JESSOR, R., CHASE, J.A. & DONOVAN, J.E. (1980). Psychosocial correlates of marijuana use and problem drinking in a national sample of adolescents. American Journal of Public Health, 70, 604-613. CASPI, A., MOFFITT, T.E., CANNON, M., McLAY, J., HARRINGTON, H., TAYLOR, A., ARSENAULT, L., WILLIAMS, B., BRAITWAITE, A. POULTON, R. & CRAIG, I.W. (2005). Moderation of the effect of adolescent-onset cannabis use on adult psychosis by a functional polymorphism in the catechol-o-methyltransferase gene : Longitudinal evidence of a gene x environment interaction. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 1117-1127.
MILLER L.L. & BRACONNIER, R.J. (1983). Cannabis : Effects on memory and the cholinergic limbic system. Psychological Bulletin, 93, 441-456. SHUFMAN, E., LERNER, A. & WITZTUM, E. (2005). Depersonalization after withdrawal from cannabis usage. Harefuah, 144, 249-251.
HOLLISTER, L.E. (1986). Health aspects of cannabis. Pharmacological Review, 38, 1-20. BERGEN, H.A., MARTIN, G., ROEGER, L. & ALLISON, S. (2005). Perceived academic performance and alcohol, tobacco and marijuana use : longitudinal relationships in young community adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 30, 1563-1573. [PDF]
FRIED, P.A. (1986). Marijuana and human pregnancy. In I.J. Chasnoff (Ed.), Drug use in pregnancy : Mother and child (pp. 64-74). Lancaster, PA : MTP Press DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2006). Pothead or pot smoker ? A taxometric investigation of cannabis dependence. Substance Abuse Treatment, Prevention & Policy, 1 (22), 1-6. [PDF]
EHRENKRANZ, J.R.L. & HEMBREE, W.C. (1986). Effects of marijuana on male reproductive function. Psychiatric Annals, 16, 243-248 ZICKLER, P. (2006). Marijuana smoking is associated with a spectrum of respiratory disorders. NIDA Notes, 21 (1), 12-13.
RAINONE, G.A., DEREN, S., KLEINMAN, P.H. & WISH, E.D. (1987). Heavy marijuana users not in treatment. The continuing search for the "pure" marijuana user. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 19, 353-359. ZVOLENSKY, M.J., BERNSTEIN, A., SACH-ERICCSON, N., SCHMIDT, N.B., BUCKENER, J. & BONN-MILLER, M.O. (2006). Cannabis use, abuse, and dependence and panic attacks in a representative sample. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 40, 477-486.
PAGE, J.B., FLETCHER, J. & TRUE, W.R. (1988). Psychosociocultural perspectives on chronic cannabis use : The Costa Rican follow-up. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20, 57-65. KUMRA, S. (2007). Schizophrenia and cannabis use. Minnesota Medicine, 90 (1), 36-38.
TASHKIN, D.P., SIMMONS, M. & CLARK, V. (1988). Effect of habitual smoking of marijuana alone and with tobacco on nonspecific airways hyperreactivity. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20 (1), 21-25. TWOHIG, M.P., SHOENBERGER, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). A preliminary investigation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a treatment for marijuana dependence in adults. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4), 619-632. [PDF]
DAY, N.L. & RICHARDSON, G.A. (1991). Prenatal marijuana use: Epidemiology, methodological issues, and infant outcome. Chemical Dependency & Pregnancy, 18, 77-91. DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2008). Self-reported use of alcohol, marijuana, and hard drugs and aggression : A structural equation modeling analysis of an internet survey of long-term marijuana users. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 16, 164-180. [PDF]
SOLOWIJ, N., MICHIE, P. T. & FOX, A.M. (1991). Effects of long-term cannabis use on selective attention : an event-related potential study. Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior, 40, 683-688. FRISHER, M., CROME, I., MARTINO, O. & CROFT, P. (2009). Assessing the impact of cannabis use on trends in diagnosed schizophrenia in the United Kingdom from 1996 to 2005. Schizophrenia Research, 113 (2-3), 123-128. [PDF]
BAILEY, S.L., FLEWELLING, R.L. & RACHAL, J.V. (1992). Predicting continued use of marijuana among adolescents : The relative influence of drug-specific and social context factors. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 33, 51-66. ZVOLENSKY, M.J., COUGLE, J.R., JOHNSON, K.A., BONN-MILLER, M.O. & BERNSTEIN, A. (2010). Marijuana use and panic psychopathology among a representative sample of adults. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 18 (2), 129-134. [PDF]
KELLY, T.H., FOLTIN, R.W. & ISHMAN, M.W. (1993). Effects of smoked marijuana on heart rate, drug ratings and task performance by humans. Behavioural Pharmacology, 4, 167-178. KOLLIAKOU A., JOSEPH, C., ISMAIL, K., ATAKAN, Z. & MURRAY, R.M. (2011). Why do patients with psychosis use cannabis and are they ready to change their use ? International Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 29, 335-346.
SMITH, P.F. (1995). Cannabis and the brain. New Zealand Journal of Psychology, 24, 5-12. THOMPSON, V.A., PROWSE, J.A. & PENNYCOOK, G. (2011). Intuition, reason, and metacognition. Cognitive Psychology, 63, 107-140. [PDF]
POPE, H.G. & YERGLUN-TODD, D. (1996). The residual cognitive effects of heavy marijuana use in college students. Journal of the American Medical Association, 275(7), 521-527. [PDF] CASADIOA, P., FERNANDES, C., MURRAY, R.M. & DI FORTI, M. (2011). Cannabis use in young people : The risk for schizophrenia. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 1779-1787. [PDF]
WORKSHOP ON THE MEDICAL UTILITY OF MARIJUANA. (1997). Report to the director, National Institutes of Health, by the Ad Hoc Group of Experts. Washington, DC : National Institutes of Health. SCHIMMELMANN, B., CONUS, P., COTTON S., KUPFERSCHMID, S., MCGORRY, P.D. & LAMBERT, M. (2012). Prevalence and impact of cannabis use disorders in adolescents with early onset first episode psychosis. European Psychiatry, 27, 463-469.
  SARA, G.P., BURGESS, G., MALHI, H., WHITEFOD, H. & HALL, W. (2014). Cannabis and stimulant disorders and readmissions 2 years after first episode psychosis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 204, 448-453.
ZIMMER, L. & MORGAN, J.P. (1997). Marijuana myths and marijuana facts. New York : The Lindesmith Center. WU, L.-T., SWARTZ, M., BRADY, K.T. & HOYLE, R.H. (2015). Perceived cannabis use norms and cannabis use among adolescents in the United States. Journal Psychiatric Research, 64, 79-87. [PDF]
Voir aussi Drogue
Maris Bernard (Toulouse 1946-2015 Paris) : Économiste français. = Oncle Bernard.
MARIS, B. (2003). Antimanuel d'économie : Tome 1, les fourmis. Bréal,
MARIS, B. (2006). Antimanuel d'économie : Tome 2, les cigales. Bréal
MARIS, B. (2009). Capitalisme et pulsion de mort. Paris : Albin Michel.
MARIS, B. (2010). Marx, pourquoi m'as-tu abandonné ? Éditions Les Échappés.
MARIS, B. (2012). Plaidoyer (impossible) pour les socialistea. Paris : Albin Michel.
Markman
Arthur B. Markman Michael R. Markman
 
Markman Arthur B. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivisme américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage des concepts. Collaborateur de Gentner et Maddox.
MARKMAN, A.B. & GENTNER, D. (1993). Structural alignment during similarity comparisons. Cognitive Psychology, 25 (4), 431-467. [PDF]
MARKMAN, A.B. & GENTNER, D. (2000). Structure-mapping in the comparison process. American Journal of Psychology, 113 (4), 501-538.
MARKMAN, A.B. & GENTNER, D. (2001). Thinking. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 223-247. [PDF]
MARKHAM, A.B. & ROSS, B.H. (2003). Category use and category learning. Psychological Bulletin, 129 (4), 592-613.
MARKHAM, A.B., MADDOX, W.T. & WORTHY, D.A. (2006). Choking and excelling under pressure. Psychological Science, 17, 944-948. [PDF]
Markham Michael R. (New Mexico 1968-) : Neuropsychologue et béhavioriste américain. Étudiant de Dougher.
MARKHAM, M.R., DOUGHER, M.J. & WULFERT, E. (1993). Social contingencies and the effects of punishment in alcoholics and nonalcoholics. Behavior Therapy, 24, 277-284. [PDF]
MARKHAM, M.R. BUTT, A.E & DOUGHER, M.J. (1996). A touch-screen apparatus for training visual discriminations in hooded rats. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65, 173-182. [PDF]
MARKHAM, M.R., DOUGHER, M.J. & AUGUSTON, E. (2002). Transfer of operant discrimination and respondent elicitation via emergent relations of compound stimuli. The Psychological Record, 52, 325-350. [PDF]
MARKHAM, R.G. & MARKHAM, M.R. (2002). On the role of covarying functions in stimulus class formation and transfer of function. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78, (3), 509-524. [PDF]
MARKHAM, M.R. & STODDARD, P.K. (2005). Adrenocorticotropic hormone enhances the masculinity of an electric communication signal by modulating the waveform and timing of action potentials within individual cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 25, 8746-8754. [PDF]
Markov Andreï (1856-1922) : Mathématicien russe.
 
 
 
 
 
Markov (chaînes ou modèle de...) : Markov chains, Markov model.
  ATKINSON, R.C. (1958). A Markov model for discrimination learning. Psychometrika, 23, 309-322. HEYMAN, G.M. (1979). A Markov model description of changeover probabilities on concurrent variable-interval schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 31 (1), 41-51. [PDF]
ATKINSON, R.C. (1959). Applications of a Markov model to two-person non-cooperative games. In R.R. Bush and W.K. Estes (Eds.), Studies in mathematical learning theory. Stanford, California : Stanford University Press. KURAVSKY, L.S. & MALYKH, S. (2004). Application of Markov models for analysis of development of psychological characteristics. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 4, 29-40. [PDF]
SUPPES, P. & ATKINSON, R.C. (1960). Markov learning models for multiperson interactions. Stanford : Stanford University Press. LINK, D. (2006). Chains to the West : Markov's theory of connected events and its transmission to Western Europe. Science in Context, 19, 561-589.
LEE, H.E. (1972). A Markov chain model for Asch-type conformity experiments. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2, 131-142.] PAGEL, M. & MEADE, A. (2006). Bayesian analysis of correlated evolution of discrete characters by reversible-jump Markov chain Monte Carlo. American Naturalist, 167,808–825.
SENETA, E. (1981). Non-negative matrices and Markov chains. New-York : Springer-Verlag. DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 46, 179-205. [PDF]
BRAINERD, C.J. (1979). Markovian interpretations of conservation learning. Psychological Review, 86, 181-213.  
 
Markovits/Markowitsch
Henry Markovits Hans Joachim Markowitsch
 
Markovits Henry ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste européen d'origine québécoise. Il enseigne à l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Il étudie le développement de la pensée et du raisonnement, notamment du raisonnement conditionnel. Collaborateur de Strayer, Thompson et Wrangham.
MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly : Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality & Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160.
MARKOVITS, H. & BARROUILLET, P. (2002). The development of conditional reasoning : A mental model account. Developmental Review, 22 (1), 5-36. [PDF]
MARKOVITS, H. & HANDLEY, S. (2005). Is inferential reasoning just probabilistic reasoning in disguise ? Memory & Cognition, 33 (7), 1315-1323. [PDF]
MARKOVITS, H., BENENSON, J. & WHITE, S. (2006). Gender and gender priming differences in speed of processing of information relating to dyadic and group contexts. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 42, 662-667. [PDF]
MARKOVITS, H. & THOMPSON, V.A. (2008). Different developmental patterns of simple deductive and probabilistic inferential reasoning. Memory & Cognition, 36 (6), 1066-1078. [PDF]
Markowitsch Hans Joachim (Singen 1949-) : Neurosychologue allemand et spécialiste de l'étude de l'amnésie. Collaborateur de Staniloiu.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (1996). Organic and psychogenic retrograde amnesia : two sides of the same coin ? Neurocase, 2, 357-371.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J., KESSLER, J., VAN DER VEN, C., WEBER-LUXEMBURGER, G., ALBERS, M. & HEISS, W.D. (1998). Psychic trauma causing grossly reduced brain metabolism and cognitive deterioration. Neuropsychologia, 36, 77-82.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2011). Amygdala in action : Relaying biological and social significance to autobiographic memory. Neuropsychologia 49, 718-733.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2012). Amnesic disorders. Lancet, 380 (9851), 1429-1440.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2012). The impairment of recollection in functional amnesic states. Cortex 30, 1 - 17.
Marks
David F. Marks Isaac M. Marks Michael J. Marks
 
Marks David Francis (1945-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude des images mentales, et critique de la parapsychologie. Il est membre du Comittee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal. Il s'intéresse également à la psychologie de la santé.
MARKS, D.F. (1973). Visual imagery differences in the recall of pictures. British Journal of Psychology, 64, 17-24.
MARKS, D.F. (1981). Imagery, knowledge and the individual. Journal of Mental Imagery, 5, 47-50.
MARKS, D.F. (1983). Mental imagery and consciousness : A theoretical review. In A.A. Sheikh (Ed.), Imagery : Current theory, research, and application (pp. 96-130). New York : Wiley.
MARKS, D.F. (1996). Health psychology in context. Journal of Health Psychology, 1 (1), 7-21. [PDF]
MARKS, D.F. (1999). Consciousness, mental imagery and action. British Journal of Psychology, 90, 567-585.
Marks Isaac M. ( ) : Psychiatre cognitivo-béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la peur, du trouble obsessionnel-compulsif et des thérapies par exposition. Collaborateur de Lader et Shapiro.

MARKS, I.M. & GELDER, M.G. (1966). Different ages of onset in varieties of phobias. American Journal of Psychiatry, 123, 218-221.
MARKS, I.M., HODGSON, R. & RACHMAN, S. (1975). Treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis by in vivo exposure : a two year follow-up and issues in treatment.British Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 349-364.
MARKS, I.M. (1981). Psychiatry and behavioural psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 39, 74-78.
MARKS, I.M. & O'SULLIVAN, G. (1988). Drugs and psychological treatments for agoraphobia/panic and obsessive-compulsive disorders : a review. British Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 650-658.
MARKS, I.M. (1997). Behaviour therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder : A decade of progress. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 1021-1027. [PDF]
Marks Michael J. ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste du double-standard sexuel. Collaborateur de Fraley.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2005). The sexual double standard : Fact or fiction ? Sex Roles, 52 (3-4), 175-186.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2006). Confirmation bias and the sexual double standard. Sex Roles, 54 (1-2), 19-26.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2007). The impact of social interaction on the sexual double standard. Social Influence, 2, 29-54.
MARKS, M.J. (2008). Evaluations of sexually active men and women under divided attention : A social cognitive approach to the sexual double standard. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 30, 84-91.
MARKS, M.J. (2009). Double standards in relationships. In H.T. Reis and S. Sprecher (Eds.), Encyclopedia of human relationships (Vol. 1, pp. 468-469). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
Markus Hazel Rose ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine et chef de file de la perspective cognitive sociale et de la psychologie culturelle. On lui doit le concept de schéma de soi. Elle s'est notamment intéressé à la culture. Collaboratrice de Jones, Heine, Hastorf, Kim, Kitayama, Moreland, Nisbett, Shweder et Zajonc.
MARKUS, H.R. (1977). Self-schemata and processing information about the self. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 35, 63-78. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R., SMITH, J. & MORELAND, R.L. (1985). Role of the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 1494-1512.
MARKUS, H.R. & KUNDA, Z. (1986). Stability and malleability in the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (4), 858-866. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R. & KITAYAMA, S. (2008). Culture and the self : Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98 (2), 224-253. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R. (2008). Pride, prejudice, and ambivalence : Toward a unified theory of race and ethnicity. American Psychologist, 63, 651-670. [PDF]
Marlatt G. Alan (Vancouver 1941-2011) : Psychologue cognitivo-behavioriste canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la dépendance aux drogues.
MARLATT, G.A. (1979). A cognitive-behavioral model of the relapse process. NIDA - Research Monographs, (25), 191-200.
MARLATT, G.A. SOMERS, J.M. & TAPERT, S.F. (1993). Harm reduction : application to alcohol abuse problems. NIDA - Research Monographs, 137, 147-166.
MARLATT, G.A. (1996). Harm reduction : come as you are. Addictive Behaviors, 21 (6), 779-788.
MARLATT, G.A. (2001). Should abstinence be the goal for alcohol treatment ? Negative viewpoint. The American Journal on Addictions, 10, 291-293.
MARLATT, G.A. & WITKIEWITZ, K. (2002). Harm reduction approaches to alcohol use : health promotion, prevention, and treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 27 (6), 867-886.
 
LONGABAUGH, R., RUBIN, A., STOUT, R.L., ZWIAK, W.H. & LOWMAN, C. (1996). The reliablity of Marlatt's taxonomy for classifying relapses.Addiction, 91 (S), 73-88.
MAISTO, S.A., CONNORS, G.J. & ZYWIAK, W.H. (1996). Construct validation analyses on the Marlatt typology of relapse precipitants. Addiction, 91 (S), 89-98.
LOWMAN, C., ALLEN, J. & STOUT, R.L. (1996). The Relapse Research Group. Replication and extension of Marlatt's taxonomy of relapse precipitants : Overview of procedures and results. Addiction, 91 (S), 51-72.
DONOVAN, D.M. (1996). Marlatt's classification of relapse precipitants : is the Emperor still wearing clothes ? Addiction, 91 (S), 131-138.
LARIMER, M.E, PALMER, R.S. & MARLATT, G.A. (1999). Relapse prevention : An overview of Marlatt's cognitive-behavioral model. Alcohol Research & Health, 23 (2), 151-160. [PDF]
Marley Anthony A.J. ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste québécois et professeur et professeur (à la retraite) de l'Université Mcgill. Il étudie les processus perceptifs dans le cadre de la théorie du traitement de l'information (modèles connexionistes). Professeur de Lacouture. Collaborateur de Luce.
MARLEY, A.A.J. & COOK, V.T. (1986). A limited capacity rehearsal model for psychophysical judgements applied to magnitude estimation. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 30 (4), 339-390.
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1988). Random utility models with binary tree decomposable rank orders satisfy Tversky's elimination-by-aspects model. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 32, 436-448.
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1995). A mapping model of bow effects in absolute identification. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 39 (4), 383-395.
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). Probabilistic choice as a consequence of nonlinear (sub) optimization. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 41 (4), 382-391.
MIGNAULT, A. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). A real-time neuronal model of classical conditioning. Adaptive Behavior, 6 (1), 3-61.
Marmotte (Marmota marmota) : Mammifère rongeur qui vit dans les bois et les villes.

  BARASH, D.P. (1973). The social biology of the Olympic marmot. Animal Behaviour Monographs, 6, 171-245.
BARASH, D.P. (1974). The social behaviour of the hoary marmot (Marmota caligata). Animal Behaviour, 22, 256-261.
BARASH, D.P. (1976). Social behaviour and individual difference in free-living Alpine marmots (Marmota marmota). Animal Behaviour, 24, 27-35.
NOWICKI, S. & ARMITAGE, K.B. (1979). Behavior of juvenile yellow-bellied marmots: Play and social integration. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 51, 85-105.
Voir aussi Mammifère et Animal
Marque : Ensemble des caractéristiques et des signes distinctifs d'un produit ou d'une entreprise, que l'on asscoie généralement à des qualités (ou à des défauts lorsque la valeur de la marque est en déclin). Marque, consommation et fidélité à la marque. Label, brand label, name.

  MITCHELL, A.A. (1986). The effect of verbal and visual components of advertisements on brand attitudes and attitude toward the advertisement. Journal of Consumer Research, 13, 12-24. GARNER, R. (2005). What's in a name ? Persuasion perhaps. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15 (2), 108-116.
PIERCE, W.D. & BELKE, T. (1988). Stimulus control of consumer opinion by brand names : A social conditioning analysis. The Psychological Record, 38, 227-236. BRENDL, M., CHATTOPADHYAY, A., PELHAM, B.W. & CARVALLO, M. (2005). Name letter branding : Valence transfers when product specific needs are active. Journal of Consumer Research, 32, 405-415. [PDF]
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1993). What's in a name ? The moderating role of public self-consciousness on the relation between brand label and brand preference. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 857-861. MANDEL, N., PETROVA, P.K. & CIALDINI, R.B. (2006). Images of success and the preference for luxury brands. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16 (1), 57-69. [PDF]
SEMPRINI, A. (1995). La marque. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.  
AAKER, J.L. (1997). Dimensions of brand personality. Journal of Marketing Research, 34, 347-356. WILCOX, K., KIM, H.M. & SEN, S. (2009). Why do consumers buy counterfeit luxury brands ? Journal of Marketing Research, 46 (2), 247-259. [PDF]
KLEIN, N. (2000/02). No logo : La tyrannie des marques. Paris : Actes Sud. TORELLI, C.J., ALOKPARNA, B.M. & KAIKATI, A.M. (2011). Doing poorly by doing good : Corporate social responsibility and brand concepts. Journal of Consumer Research, 38 (5), 948-963.
FOXALL, G.R. & SCHREZENMAIER, T.C. (2003). The behavioural economics of consumer brand choice : Establishing a methodology. Journal of Economic Psychology, 24, 675-695. NELISSEN, R.M.A. & MEIJERS, M.H.C. (2011). Social benefits of luxury brands as costly signals of wealth and status. Evolution & Human Behavior, 32 (5), 343-355.
  SEGHIR, A. (2013). La marque comme référent ultime de la publicité. Communication, 32 (1),
Voir aussi Engagement envers la marque, Comparaison sociale, Consommation et Fidélité à la marque
 
Marqueur : Signe ou indice de l'existence d'un phénomène, souvent inobservable ou difficilement observable. La nature de ces signes varient selon l'objet d'étude: ils peuvent être de nature sémantique, génétique, neurophysiologique, etc.

Types de marqueur
Marqueur génétique Marqueur neurophysiologique Marqueur sémantique
 

 
Marqueur génétique : Biological marker, DNA marker.

  McGUFFIN, P. & STUART, E. (1986). Genetic markers in schizophrenia. Human Heredity, 16, 461-465.
MULLEN, P.E., LINSELL, C.R. & PARKER, D. (1986). Influence of sleep disturbance and calorie restriction on biological markers of depression. Lancet, 2, 1051-1054.
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. & PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science, 261, 320-326. [PDF]
RICE, G., ANDERSON, C., RISCH, N. & EBERS, G. (1999). Male homosexuality : absence of linkage to microsatellite markers at Xq28. Science, 284 (5414), 665-667.
VISSCHER, P.M. (1999). Speed congenics : accelerated genome recovery using genetic markers. Genetical Research, 74, 81-85.
QUINN, P.C., WESTERLUD, A. & NELSON, C.A. (2006). Neural markers of categorization in 6-month-old infants. Psychological Science, 17, 59-66.
BRISBOIS, T.D., FARMER, A.P. & McCARGAR, L.J. (2012). Early markers of adult obesity : A review. Obesity Reviews, 13 (4), 347-367. [PDF]
Marqueur neurophysiologique : Signe ou indice de nature neurophysiologique l'existence d'un phénomène, souvent inobservable ou difficilement observable. Marqueur et symptôme. Neurophysiological marker. biophysiological marker.

  DENNIS, T.A. (2010). Neurophysiological markers for child emotion regulation from the perspective of emotion-cognition integration: Current directions and future challenges. Developmental Neuropsychology, 35 (2), 212-230. [PDF]
Marqueur sémantique : Signe ou indice du langage qui révèle l'existence d'un phénomène, souvent inobservable ou difficilement observable. Marqueur sémantique et symptôme. Cognitive marker.

  GREENWALD, A.G., DRAINE, S.C. & ABRAMS, R.L. (1996). Three cognitive markers of unconscious semantic activation. Science, 273, 1699-1702.
BISHOP, D.V.M., NORTH, T. & DONLAN, C. (1996). Nonword repetition as a behavioural marker for inherited language impairment : Evidence from a twin study. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 391-403.
Marquis Donald George (1908-1973) : Psychologue behavioriste américain. Avec Hilgard, il a rédigé un manuel de base en apprentissage qui est devenu une référence en la matière. Président de l'APA en 1948. Collaborateur de Hilgard et Woodworth.
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1935). Acquisition, extinction, and retention of the conditioned response to light in dogs. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19, 29-58.
MARQUIS, D.G. (1940). Physiological psychology. Annual Review of Physiology, 2, 433-461.
MARQUIS, D.G. (1944). Social psychologists in national war agencies. Psychological Bulletin, 41, 115-126.
WOODWORTH, R.S. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1949). Psychology : a study of mental life. London : Methuen.
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1961). Conditioning and learning. New York : Appleton Century-Crofts/Gregory A. Kimble.
 
KIMBLE, G.A. (1961). Hilgard and Marquis' conditioning and learning. New York : Appleton- Century-Crofts.
Marr
David Courtnay Marr Jackson M. Marr
 
Marr David Courtnay (Woodford 1945-1980 Cambridge Massachusetts) : Mathématicien, neurocognitiviste anglais et chef de file du connexionisme et de l'intelligence artificielle. Il a développé un modèle de la perception.
MARR, D. (1970). A theory for cerebral neocortex. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 176, 161-234.
MARR, D. (1975). Approaches to biological information processing. Science, 190, 875-876.
MARR, D. (1977). Artificial intelligence : A personal view. Artificial Intelligence, 9 (1), 37-48.
MARR, D. & NISHIHARA, H.K. (1978). Representation and recognition of spatial organization of three-dimensional shapes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, B, 200, 269-294.
MARR, D. (1982/90). Vision : A computational investigation into the human representation and processing of visual information. San Francisco : W.H. Freeman.
 
SHAPIRO, L.A. (1993). Content, kinds, and individualism in Marr's theory of vision. The Philosophical Review, 102 (4), 489-513. [PDF]
Marr Jackson M. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'analyse du comportement. Étudiant de Morse. Collaborateur de Davison, Gentry, Maple et Zeiler.
MARR, M.J. (1971). Sequence schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 15 (1), 41-48. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (1984). Conceptual approaches and issues. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3), 353-362. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (1992). Behavior dynamics : One perspective. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (3), 249-266. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (2011). Has radical behaviorism lost its right to privacy ? The Behavior Analysis, 34 (2), 213-219. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (2012). Operant variability : Some random thoughts. The Behavior Analysis, 35 (2), 237-241. [PDF]
Marriage & Family Review : Revue scientifique multidisicplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la famille et au marriage. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
COSTA, P.T. & McCRAE, R.R. (1983). Contribution of personality research to an understanding of stress and aging. Marriage & Family Review, 6, 157-173.

Marsh/March
Herbert W. Marsh James G. March
Richard L. Marsh  
 
Marsh Herbert W. ( ) : Psychologue australien, spécialisé en éducation et en évaluation des enseignements, notamment en mathématiques. Il s'intéresse également à l'exercice physique et à la mesure de la condition physique.
MARSH, H.W., FLEINER, H. & THOMAS, C.S. (1975). Validity and usefulness of student evaluations of instructional quality. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 833-839.
 MARSH, H.W. (1987). The big-fish-little-pond effect on academic self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 280-295. [PDF]
 MARSH, H.W. & REDMAYNE, R.S. (1994). A multidimensional physical self-concept and its relations to multiple components of physical fitness. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 15, 43-55. [PDF]
 MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (1997). Making students’ evaluations of teaching effectiveness effective. American Psychologist, 52, 1187-1197. [PDF]
 MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (2000). Effects of grading leniency and low workload on students' evaluations of teaching : Popular myth, bias, validity, or innocent bystanders ? Journal of Educational Psychology, 92 (1), 202-228. [PDF]
 
ABRAMI, P.C. & d'APOLLONIA, S. (1991). Multidimensional students’ evaluations of teaching effectiveness - Generalizability of "N = 1" research : Comment on Marsh (1991). Journal of Educational Psychology, 30, 221-227.
Marsh Richard L. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'interférence et de la mémoire prospective. Collaborateur de Bower
MARSH R.L. & BOWER, G.H. (1993). Eliciting cryptomnesia : Unconscious plagiarism in a puzzle task. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 19 (3), 673-688. [PDF]
MARSH R.L. & HICKS, J.L. (1998). Event-based prospective memory and executive control of working memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 24 (2), 336-349. [PDF]
MARSH R.L. LANDAU, J.D., HICKS, J.L. & BINK, M.L. (1998). On reducing retroactive interference. American Journal of Psychology, 111, 175-190. [PDF]
MARSH R.L., HICKS J.L. & COOK, G.I. (2006). Task interference from prospective memories covaries with contextual associations of fulfilling them. Memory & Cognition, 34 (5), 1037-1045. [PDF]
MARSH R.L., BREWER, G.A., JAMESON, J.P., COOK, G.I., AMIR, N. & HICKS, J.L. (2009). Threat related processing boosts prospective memory retrieval for people with obsessive tendencies. Memory, 17, 679-686. [PDF]
Marshall
Alfred Marshall Henry Rutgers Marshall Willians L. Marshall
 
Marshall Alfred (Londres 1842-1924 Cambridge) : Économiste anglais. Professeur de Keynes et Pigou.
MARSHALL, A. (1879). The pure theory of foreign trade : The pure theory of domestic values.
MARSHALL, A. (1890). Principles of Economics/Principes d'économie politique.
MARSHALL, A. (1919). Industry and trade.
 
 
DIAMOND, A.M. (2001). Marshall Alfred, 1842-1924. English economist. In A. Hessenbruch (Ed.), Reader’s guide to the history of science (pp. 437-438). London : Fitzroy Dearborn Publishers. [PDF]
Marshall Henry Rutgers (New York 1852-1927 New York) : Psychologue et architecte américain. Président de l'APA en 1907.
MARSHALL, H.R. (1894). Pain, pleasure, and esthetics.
MARSHALL, H.R. (1898). Instinct and reason.
MARSHALL, H.R. (1909). Consciousness.
 
 
 
Marshall Williams L. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste et spécialiste de l'agression sexuelle. On lui doit la mise au point de la saturation, une technique de modification du comportement pour traiter les déviances sexuelles. Collaborateur de Barbaree et Earls.
MARSHALL, W.L. (1973). The modification of sexual fantasies : A combined treatment approach to the reduction of deviant sexual behavior. Behaviour Therapy, 11, 557-564.
MARSHALL, W.L. & LIPPENS, K. (1977). The clinical value of boredom : A procedure for reducing inappropriate sexual interests. Journal of Nervous & Mental Diseases, 165, 283-287.
MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (3), 10-22. [PDF]
MARSHALL, W.L. & ECCLES, A. (1991). Issues in clinical practice with sex offenders. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 6, 68-93.
MARSHALL, W.L. & FERNANDEZ, Y.M. (2000). Phallometric testing with sexual offenders : Limits to its value. Clinical Psychology Review, 20, 807-822.
Martell Christopher R. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression, notamment chez les homosexuels, et pionnier de la thérapie de l'activation comportementale. Collaborateur de Addis, Hollon, Jacobson et Lewinsohn.
MARTELL C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions. The Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195.
MARTELL, C.R. & ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001). Depression in context : Strategies for guided action. New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
MARTELL, C.R. (2003). Behavioral activation therapy for depression. In W. O’Donohue, J. Fisher & S. Hayes, S. (Eds.), Cognitive behavior therapy : Applying empirically supported techniques in your practice (pp. 28-32). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
MARTELL C.R. & PPRINCE, S.E. (2005). Treating infidelity in same sex couples. Journal of Clinical Psychology/In Session, 61 (11), 1429-1438.
MARTELL C.R. (2008). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual women and men. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 373-393.) New York : Gulford.
Martens Brian K. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
MARTENS, B.K., LOCHNER, D.G. & KELLY, S.Q. (1992). The effects of variable-interval reinforcement on academic engagement : a demonstration of matching theory.Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 143-151. [PDF]
MARTENS, B.K., GERTZ, L.E., WERDER, C.S. & RYMANOWSKI, J.L. (2010). Agreement between descriptive and experimental analyses of behavior under naturalistic test conditions. Journal of Behavioral Education, 19, 205-221.
MARTENS, B.K., WERDER, C.S., HIER, B.O. & KOENIG, E.A. (2013). Fluency training in phoneme blending: A preliminary study of generalized effects. Journal of Behavioral Education, 22, 16-36.
MARTENS, B.K., GERTZ, L.E., WERDER, C.S., RYMANOWSKI, J.L., & SHANKAR KH. (2014). Measures of association in contingency space analysis. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 59, 114-119.
MARTENS, B.K., LAMBERT, T.L. SULLIVAN, W.E., MAGNUSON, J.D., MORLEY, A.J., SALADA, S.J. & BAXTER, E.L. (2016). Choice in transition: Replication and extension to preschool children in a naturalistic setting. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 105 (2), 307-321.
Martens/Martin
Brian K. Martens Carol Lynn Martin Pierre Martin
Brian Martin Nadine Martin Rod A. Martin
 
Martin Brian ( ) : Physicien et spécialiste australien de l'étude du pouvoir, de la corruption et de la dénonciation,notamment en science.
MARTIN, B. (1986). Bias in awarding research grants. British Medical Journal, 293, 550-552.
MARTIN, B. (1991). Scientific knowledge in controversy : The social dynamics of the fluoridation debate. Albany : State University of New York Press.
MARTIN, B. (1998). Strategies for dissenting scientists. Journal of Scientific Exploration, 12 (4), 605-616. [PDF]
MARTIN, B. (1998). Information liberation : Challenging the corruptions of information. London : Freedom Press. [PDF]
MARTIN, B. & RIFKIN, W. (2004). The dynamics of employee dissent : whistleblowers and organizational jiu-jitsu. Public Organization Review, 4, 221-238.
Martin Carol Lynn ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'identité et du genre.
MARTIN, C.L. (1993). New directions for investigating children's gender knowledge. Developmental Review, 13, 184-204.
MARTIN, C.L., EISENBUD, L. & ROSE, H. (1995). Children's gender-based reasoning about toys. Child Development, 66, 1453-1471. [PDF]
MARTIN, C.L. & RUBLE, D.N. (1997). Sex-construals and sex differences : A developmental perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 45-51.
MARTIN, C.L., RUBLE, D.N. & SZKRYBALO, J. (2002). Cognitive theories of early gender development. Psychological Bulletin, 128 (6), 903-933. [PDF]
MARTIN, C.L. & RUBLE, D.N. (2003). Children’s search for gender cues : Cognitive perspectives on gender development. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 67-70. [PDF]
Martin Nadine ( ) : Psychologue et neurocognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la dyphasie. Collaboratrice de Saffran et Schwartz.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. (1992). A computational account of deep dysphasia : Evidence from a single case study. Brain & Language, 43, 240-274.
MARTIN, N., DELL, G.S., SAFFRAN, E.M. & SCHWARTZ, M F. (1994). Origins of paraphasias in deep dysphasia: Testing the consequences of a decay impairment to an interactive spreading activation model of language. Brain & Language, 47, 609-660.
MARTIN, N. (1996). Models of deep dysphasia. Neurocase, 2 (1), 73-80.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. & DELL, G.S. (1996). Recovery in deep dysphasia: Evidence for a relation between auditory-verbal STM capacity and lexical errors in repetition. Brain & Language, 52, 83-113.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. (1997). Language and auditory-verbal short-term memory impairments : Evidence for common underlying processes. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 14, 641-682.
Martin Pierre ( ) : Politologue québécois et spécialiste de la politique américaine. Il enseigne à l'Université de Montréal. . Il s'intéresse également au comportement de vote et aux élections. Collaborateur de Blais et Nadeau.
MARTIN, P. (1993). La nouvelle dynamique de la politique commerciale aux États-Unis et l'Accord de libre-échange nord-américain. Études internationales 24, 767-785.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Industrial structure, coalition politics, and economic policy : The rise and decline of the French popular font. Comparative Politics, 24, 45-75.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Association after sovereignty ? Canadian views on economic association with a sovereign Quebec. Canadian Public Policy/Analyse de Politiques, 21, 53-71.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Représentation des intéréts et législation commerciale au Sénat des États-Unis. Revue Canadienne de Science Politique, 28, 277-292.
MARTIN, P. (2012). U.S. elections and the Canadian economy : Is a Republican in the White House really what's best for the Canadian economy ? International Journal, 67, 685-695.
Martin Rod A. ( ) : Psychologue clinicien américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'humour et du stress. Étudiant de Lefcourt. Collaborateur de Kuiper, Petrides, Schermer et Vernon
MARTIN, R.A. & LEFCOURT, H.M. (1983). Sense of humor as a moderator of the relation between stressors and moods. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 45, 1313- 1324.
MARTIN, R.A. (1988). Humor and the mastery of living : Using humor to cope with the daily stresses of growing up. Journal of Children in Contemporary Society, 20, 135-154.
MARTIN, R.A. (1996). Humour as therapeutic play : Stress-moderating effects of humor. Journal of Leisurability, 23, 8-15.
MARTIN, R.A. & KUIPER, N.A. (1999). Daily occurrence of laughter: Relationships with age, gender, and Type A personality. Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 12, 355-384.
MARTIN, R.A., PUHLIK-DORIS, P., LARSEN, G., GRAY, J. & WEIR, K. (2003). Individual differences in uses of humor and their relation to psychological well-being : development of the Humor Styles Questionnaire. Journal of Research in Personality, 37, 48-75.
Martyr : Celui ou celle qui souffre pour une cause qui le dépasse, parfois jusqu'à la mort. Martyr.

  RAPOPORT, A. (1967). Exploiter, leader, hero, and martyr : the four archetypes of the 2 X 2 game. Behavioral Science, 12, 81-84.
Marx
Karl Marx Melvin Herman Marx
 
Marx Karl (Trèves 1813-1883 Londres) : Philosophe et économiste allemand. Co-fondateur avec Engels du socialisme scientifique (ou marxisme). Collaborateur d'Engels.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1844). La sainte famille.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1845). L'idéologie allemande.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1847/1962). Le manifeste du Parti communiste. Paris : Plon.
MARX, K. (1867/965). Le capital. La Pléiade.
MARX, K. (1977). Contribution à la critique de l’économie politique. Paris : Éd. Soc.
 
CALVEZ, J.Y. (1965/(2006). La pensée de Karl Marx. Paris : Seuil.
ALTHUSSER, L. (1965). Pour Marx. Paris : La Découverte.
ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and Skinner. Behavior & Social Issues, 1 (1), 57-70. [PDF]
CLARKE, S. (1991). Marx, marginalism and modern Sociology, London : Macmillan. [PDF]
BALIBAR, E. (1993). La philosophie de Marx. Paris : La Découverte.
DURAND, J.-P. (1995). La sociologie de Marx. Paris : La Découverte.
Marx Melvin Herman (1919-2005) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Hillix.

 MARX, M.H. (1951). Intervening variable or hypothetical construct ? Psychological Review, 58, 235-247.
 MARX, M.H. & BROWNSTEIN, A.J. (1963). Effects of incentive magnitude on running speeds without competing responses in acquisition and extinction. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65, 182-189.
 MARX, M.H. (1967). Interaction of drive and reward as a determiner of resistance to extinction. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 64 (3), 488-489.
 MARX, M.H. & HILLIX, W.A. (1973). Systems and theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill.
 MARX, M.H. & BUNCH, M.E. (1977). Fundamentals and applications of learning. Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
 
 HILLIX, W.A. & GOODSON, F. (2005). Melvin H. Marx (1919-2005) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60 (7), 730.
Marxisme : Théorie socio-économique élaborée par Marx pour décrire les tensions et les transformations d'une société qui oppose le prolétariat à la grande bourgeoisie. Marxisme et marxisme-léninisme. Althusser, Bonefeld, Clarke, Engels, Goldmann, Gramsci, Hirsch, Holloway, Lafargue, Lefebvre, Lipietz, Marx, Poulantzas. Marxism.
Les types de marxisme
Marxisme-Léninisme Marxisme révisionniste Néo-marxisme
 

  NAVILLE, P. (1946). Psychologie, marxisme, matérialisme. Paris : Librairie. Marcel Rivière. ULMAN, J.A. (1986). A behavioral-marxist reply to Schwartz and Lacey. Behaviorism, 14 (1), 45-50. [PDF]
MEYER, A.G. (1954). Marxism: The unity of theory and practice. - A critical essay. Cambridge : Harvard University Press BRAUN, C.M.J. (1986).The foundations of psychology : Marxist approaches to psychology. Science & Nature, 8, 66-78.
NIEBUHR, R. (1960). Liberals and the Marxist heresy. In G. B. de Huszar (Ed.), The intellectuals : A controversial portrait. (pp. pp. 302-307). Glencoe, IL : Free Press.  KOLAKOWSKI, L. (1987). Histoire du marxisme. Paris : Fayard.
FROMM, E. (1961). La conception de l'homme chez Marx. Paris : Payot.  ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and Skinner. Behavior & Social Issues, 1 (1), 57-70.
MILLS, C.W. (1962). The marxists. New York : Penguin Books.  
 PIETTRE, A. (1966). Marx et marxisme. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. POULAIN, R. (1997). Les fondements du marxisme. Hull : Vents d'Ouest.
GOLDMANN, L. (1970). Marxisme et sciences humaines. Paris : Gallimard.  
 KERBO, H. (1976). Marxist and functionalist theories in the study of stratification : A comment. Social Forces, 55, 191-192.  
CLARKE, S. (1977). Marxism, sociology and Poulantzas's theory of the state. Capital & Class, 2, 1-31. [PDF] CLARKE, S. (1999). Was Lenin a marxist ? The populist roots of Marxism-Leninism. Historical Materialism, 3, 3-27. [PDF]
 BLOCK, F. (1977). The ruling class does not rule : Notes on the marxist theory of the state. Socialist Revolution, 7 (3), 6-28.  
 RILEY, D. (1978). Developmental psychology, biology and marxism. Ideology & Consciousness, 4, 73-92. RUBEL, M. (2000). Marx critique du marxisme. Paris : Peyot.
HOLLOWAY, J. & PICCIOTTO, S. (Eds.) (1978). State and capital : A Marxist debate. London : Edward Arnold. SINGER, P. (2000). Marx: A very short introduction. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
 SÉVE, L. (1978). Man in Marxist theory and the psychology of the personality. Hassocks, Sussex : Harvester Press. STORPER, M. (2001). The poverty of radical theory today : from the false promises of Marxism to the mirage of the cultural turn. International Journal of Urban & Regional Research, 25 (1), 155-179. [PDF]
 COHEN, G.A. (1978). Karl Marx's Theory of history : A defence. Oxford : Princeton University Press.  
 HARTMANN, H.L. (1979). The unhappy marriage of marxism and feminism : Towards a more progressive union. Capital & Class, 3 (2), 1-33.  
LIPIETZ, A. (1980). Conflits de répartition et changement technique dans la théorie marxiste. Économie Appliquée, 2, 511-537. [PDF]
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1981). Marxist theories of law : A survey, with some thoughts on women and law. Canadian Criminology Forum 4 (1), 1-12. [PDF] CRAMER, C. (2002). Capitalism, violence, and war. In A. Saad-Filho (Ed.), Anti-capitalism : a Marxist introduction. London : Pluto Press.
MACKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : an agenda for theory. Signs, 7, 515–544.  
MACKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : toward feminist jurisprudence. Signs, 8 (4), 635–658.  
 GERAS, N. (1983). Marx and Human Nature: Refutation of a Legend. London : Verso Editions.  
GATENS, M. (1983). A critique of the sex/gender distinction. In J. Allen & P. Patton (Eds.), Beyond marxism ? Intervention after Marx (pp. 142-161). Sydney : Ingtervention Publications. FLEETWOOD, S. (2012). Laws and tendencies in marxist political economy. Capital & Class, 36 (2), 235-262.
   
CALVEZ, J.Y. (1965/(2006). La pensée de Karl Marx. Paris : Seuil. Voir aussi Marx, Néo-marxisme et Marxisme-Léninisme
Marxisme (Néo...) :

   CUMMINGS, S. & TAEBEL, D. (1978). The economic socialization of children : A neo-marxist analysis. Social Problems, 26 (2), 198-210.
Voir aussi Marxisme
Marxisme-Léninisme :

   KONSTANTINOV, F.V. (1974). The fundamentals of marxist leninist philosophy. Moscow : Progress publishers.
CLARKE S. (1999). Was Lenin a marxist ? The populist roots of Marxism-Leninism. Historical Materialism, 3, 3-27. [PDF]
Voir aussi Marxisme
Marxisme révisionnisme : Marxist revisionism
   FLETCHER, R. (1984). Revisionism and empire : Socialist imperialism in Germany, 1897-1914. London : HarperCollins Publishers.
Voir aussi Marxisme
MASLOW - MASOCHISME - MASQUAGE - MASTERS - MATÉRIALISME - MATERNITÉ - MATHÉMATIQUE - MATLIN - MATZUSAWA - MAY
Masculinisme : Mouvement de défense et de promotion des droits et de la condition des hommes. Masculinisme et antiféminisme. Masculinity, masculinity ideology.
   GUILLOT, P. (2004). La cause des hommes. France : Viamédias.
MORAWSKI, J.G. (2003). Men crazy: Making theories of masculinity. In N. Stephenson, L. Radtke, R. Jorna & H. Stam (Eds.), Theoretical psychology : Critical contributions (pp. 335-346). New York : Captus Press.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (2004). Can we demystify theory ? Examining masculinity discourses and feminist postmodern theory. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology, 24 (1), 14-29.
BLAIS, M. & DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2008). Le mouvement masculiniste au Québec. Les Éditions du Remue-Ménage.
WADE, J.C. (2008). Masculinity ideology, male reference group identity dependence, and African American men’s health-related attitudes and behaviors. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 9 (1), 5-16. [PDF]
DEVREUX, A.-M. (2004). Les masculinistes face à la réussite scolaire des filles et des garçons : À; propos de la réception des résultats d'une recherche par Pierrette Bouchard (Entrevue). Cahier du Genre, 36 (1), 21-44. [PDF]
Voir aussi Antiféminisme et Féminisme
Masculinité : Ensemble des caractéristiques physiques et psychologiques que l'on attribue généralement aux hommes. /feminité. Masculine traits.

   LIPPA, R.A. (1978). The naive perception of masculinity-femininity on the basis of expressive cues. Journal of Research in Personality, 12, 1-14. IMMS, W.D. (2000). Multiple masculinities and the schooling of boys. Canadian Journal of Education, 25 (2), 152-165. [PDF]
 LIPPA, R.A. & BEAUVAIS, C. (1983). Gender jeopardy : The effects of gender, assessed femininity and masculinity, and false success/failure feedback on performance in an experimental quiz game. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 344-353. WELLARD, I. (2002). Men, sport, body performance and the maintenance of "exclusive masculinity". Leisure Studies, 21, 235-248. [PDF]
SPENCE, J.T. (1984). Gender identity and its implications for masculinity and femininity. In T.B. Sonderegger (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motiuation : Psychology and Gender (pp. 59-95). Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press. LITTLE, A.C. & HANCOCK, P.J. (2002). The role of masculinity and distinctiveness on the perception of attractiveness in human male faces. British Journal of Psychology 93, 451-464.
CARRIGAN, T., CONNELL, B. & LEE, J. (1985). Toward a new sociology of masculinity. Theory & Society, 14, 551-604. [PDF]  
CONNELL, R.W. (1989). Cool guys, swots and wimps : The interplay of masculinity and education. Oxford Review of Education, 15, 291-303. NOAR, S. & MOROKOFF, P. (2002). The relationship between masculinity ideology, condom attitudes, and condom use stage of change : A structural equation modeling approach. Journal of Men's Health, 1, 43-58.
FEJES, E.J. (1992). Masculinity as fact. In S. Craig (Ed.), Men, m asculinity, and the media. Newbury Park, CA : Sage. ADDIS, M.E. & MAHALIK, J.R. (2003). Men, masculinity, and the contexts of help seeking. American Psychologist, 58 (1), 5-14. [PDF]
THOMPSON, E., PLECK, J. & FERRERA, D. (1992). Men and masculinities : Scales for masculinity ideology and masculinity-related constructs. Sex Roles, 27, 573-607. PASCOE, C.J. (2003). Multiple masculinities ? Teenage boys talk about jocks and gender. American Behavioural Scientist, 46 (10), 1423-1428.
CONNELL, R.W. (1992). A very straight gay : masculinity, homosexual experience and the dynamics of gender. American Sociological Review, 57 (6), 735-751. [PDF] ADDIS, M.E. (2004). Teaching an advanced undergraduate and graduate level seminar in the psychology of men and masculinity. Society for the Psychological Study of Men & Masculinity Bulletin, 10 (1), 47-53.
CONNELL, R.W. (1993). Big picture : Masculinities in a recent world history. Theory & Society, 22 (S5), 597-623. [PDF] CONNELL, R.W. & MESSERSCHMIDT, J.W. (2005). Hegemonic masculinity : Rethinking the concept. Gender & Society, 19 (6), 829-859. [PDF]
CONNELL, R.W. (1995). Masculinities : Knowledge, power and social change. Berkeley : University of California Press. ADDIS, M.E. & COHANE, G.H. (2005). Social scientific paradigms of masculinity and their implications for research and practice in men’s mental health. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61, 1-15. [PDF]
BRITTON, D.M. & WILLIAMS, C.L. (1995). Don’t ask, don’t tell, don’t pursue : Military policy and the construction of heterosexual masculinity. Journal of Homosexuality, 30 (1), 1-21. ANDERSON, E. (2005). In the game : Gay athletes and the cult of masculinity. New York, NY : State University of New York Press.
CONNELL, R.W. (1997). Gender politics for men. The International Journal of Sociology & Social Policy, 17 (1), 62-77. [PDF]  PRINGLE, R. & MARKULA, P. (2005). No pain is sane after all : A Foucauldian analysis of masculinities and men’s experiences in rugby. Sociology of Sport Journal, 22 (4), 472-497.
TWENGE, J.M. (1997). Changes in masculine and feminine traits over time : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 36, 305-325.  MARTIN, B.E. & HARRIS, F.I. (2006). Examining productive conceptions of masculinities : Lessons learned from academically driven African American male student-athletes. The Journal of Men’s Studies, 14, 359-378.
 TOKAR, D.M. & JOME, L.M. (1998). Masculinity, vocational interests, and career choice traditionality : Evidence for a fully mediated model. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 45(4), 424-435. WHORLEY, M. & ADDIS, M.E. (2006). Ten years of research on the psychology of men and masculinity in the United States : Methodological trends and critique. Sex Roles, 55, 649-658. [PDF]
   SING, K. & AGRAWAL, P. (2007). Masculinity and femininity among working women in Indian urban culture. Journal of Human Ecology, 21 (2), 135-138. [PDF]
 McGUFFEY, C.S. & RICH, B.L. (1999). Playing in the gender transgression zone : Race, class, and hegemonic masculinity in middle childhood. Gender & Society, 13 (5), 608-627.  KILMARTIN, C.T. (2007). The masculine self. Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York : Sloan Publishing
  ANDERSON, E. (2008). "Being masculine is not about who you sleep with... :" Hetero-sexual athletes contesting masculinity and the one-time rule of homosexuality. Sex Roles, 58 (2), 104-115.[PDF]
BOUCHARD, P., ST-AMANT, J.C. et GAGNON, C. (2000). Pratiques de masculinité à l'école québécoise. Revue Canadienne de l'Éducation 25 (2), 73-87. [PDF] PEPLAU, L.A. & HUPPIN, M. (2008). Masculinity, femininity and the development of sexual orientation in women. Journal of Gay & Lesbian Mental Health, 12 (1/2), 147-167. [PDF]
 LIPPA, R.A. (2001), On deconstructing and reconstructing masculinity-femininity. Journal of Research in Personality, 35, 168-207. LEAPER, C. & VAN, S. (2008). Masculinity ideology, covert sexism, and perceived gender typicality in relation to young men’s academic motivation and choices in college. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 9, 139-153.
  WEDGWOOD, N. (2009). Connell's theory of masculinity - its origins and influences on the study of gender. Journal of Gender Studies, 18 (4), 329-339. [PDF]
Voir aussi Feminité et Homme
Masling Joseph ( ) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste de la vérification empirique des concepts et des théories psychanalytiques/psychodynamiques. Collaborateur de Bornstein.
MASLING, J. (1989). Empirical studies of psychoanalytic theories. Hillsdale, NJ : The Analytic Press.
MASLING, J. & BORNSTEIN, R.F. (Eds.) (1996). Psychoanalytic perspectives on developmental psychology. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (1998). Empirical perspectives on the psychoanalytic unconscious : Empirical studies of the therapeutic hour. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
MASLING, J. (1999). Empirical perspectives on object relations theory. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (2002). The Psychodynamics of gender and gender role. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
Maslow Abraham H. (New York 1908-1970 Menlo Park) : Psychologue américain et chef de file de la perspective humaniste américaine. Il a proposé une théorie des besoins (que l'on représente souvent sous forme de pyramide). Président de l'APA en 1968. Étudiant de Harlow.
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review, 50, 370-396. [PDF]
MASLOW, A.H. (1950/73). Self-actualizing people : A study of psychological health. In R.J. Lowry (Ed.), Dominance, self-esteem, self-actualization : Germinal papers of A.H. Maslow (pp. 177-201). Monterey, CA : Brookes/Cole Publishing Company.
MASLOW, A.H. (1954/1970). Motivation and personality. New York : Harper & Row. [PDF]
MASLOW, A.H. (1962). Lessons from the peak- experiences. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 2 (1), 9-18.
MASLOW, A.H. (1968/72). Maslow, A. H. (1968). Toward a psychology of being. New York : D. Van Nostrand Company. /Vers une psychologie de l'être. Paris : Fayard.
 
STEAD, B. (1972). Berlo's communication process model as applied to the behavioral theories of Maslow, Herzberg, and McGregor. Academy of Management Journal, 15 (3), 389-394. KOHN, A. (1999). A look at Maslow’s "basic propositions". In H.J. Freiberg (Ed.), Perceiving, behaving, becoming : Lessons learned. Alexandria, VA: ASCD. [LIRE]
WAHBA, M.A. & BRIDWELL, L.G. (1976). Maslow reconsidered : a review of research on the need hierarchy theory. Organizational Behaviour & Human Performance, 15, 212-240. [PDF] LOUART, P. (2002). Maslow, Herzberg et les théories du contenu motivationnel. Lille : Les Cahiers de la Recherche. [PDF]
HOFFMAN, E. (1988). The right to be human : A biography of Abraham Maslow. Los Angeles: Jeremy P. Tarcher. RENNIE, D. (2008). Two thoughts on Abraham Maslow. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 48 (4), 445-448.
SCHOTT, R.L. (1992). Abraham Maslow, humanistic psychology, and organization leadership : a Jungian perspective. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 32, 106-120. HOFFMAN, E. (2008). Abraham Maslow : a biographer's reflections. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 48 (4), 439-443.
WICKER, F.W., BROWN, G., WIEHE,J.A., HAGEN, A.S. & REED, J.L. (1993). On reconsidering Maslow : An examination of the deprivation/domination proposition. Journal of Research in Personality, 27, 118-133. UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover: Of Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory. Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. [PDF]
CALABRO, R.E. (1997). "First Things First": Maslow's Hierarchy as a framework for REBT in promoting disability adjustment during rehabilitation. Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 15 (3), 193-213. NYAMEH, J. (2013). Application of the Maslow's hierarchy of need theory; impacts and implications on organizational culture, human resource and employee's performance. International Journal of Business & Management Invention, 2 (3), 39-45. [PDF]
HOFFMAN, E. (1999). The right to be human : A biography of Abraham Maslow. New York : McGraw-Hill. OZGUNER, Z. & OZGUNER, M. (2014). A managerial point of view on the relationship between of Maslow's hierarchy of needs and Herzberg's dual factor theory. International Journal of Business & Social Science, 5 (7), 207-215. [PDF]
Maslow (Pyramide des besoins de...) : Représentation sous forme de pyramide de la théorie des besoins de Maslow. Selon cette théorie, les besoins sont satisfaits selon une hiérarchie qui va des besoins physiologiques (en premier) au besoin d'auto-actualisation (en dernier). ( ): besoins physiologiques, besoins de sécurité, besoins d'amour et d'appartenance à un groupe, besoin d'estime, besoins d'autoactualisation.

 
   
HALL, D. & NOUGAIM, K. (1968). An examination of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs in the organizational setting. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 3 (1), 12-35. CALABRO, L.E. (1997). "First things first" : Maslow's Hierarchy as a framework for REBT in promoting disability adjustment during rehabilitation. Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 15 (3), 193-213.
LAWLER, E.E. & SUTTLE, J.L. (1972). A causal correlational test of the need hierarchy concept. Organizational Behavior & Performance, 7 (2), 265-287. AJILA, C.O. (1997). Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory : applicability to the Nigerian industrial setting. IFE Psychology, 5, 162–174.
WAHBA, A. & BRIDGEWELL, L. (1976). Maslow reconsidered : A review of research on the need hierarchy theory. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 15, 212-240. [PDF] GAMBREL, P.A. & CIANCI, R. (2003). Maslow's hierarchy of needs : Does it apply in a collectivist culture. Journal of Applied Management & Entrepreneurship, 8 (2), 143-161. [PDF]
WANOUS, J.P. & ZWANY, A. (1977). A cross-sectional test of the need hierarchy. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 18, 78-97. KOLTKO-RIVERA, M.E. (2006). Rediscovering the later version of Maslow's hierarchy of needs : Self-transcendence and opportunities for theory, research, and unification. Review of General Psychology, 10 (4), 302-317. [PDF]
  UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover: Of Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory. Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. [PDF]
MATHES, E. (1981). Maslow's hierarchy of needs as a guide for living. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 21, 69-72. KENRICK, D.T., GRISKEVICIUS, V., NEUBERG, S.L. & SCHALLER, M. (2010). Renovating the pyramid of needs : Contemporary extensions built upon ancient foundations.Perspectives on Psychological Science, 5 (3), 292-314. [PDF]
LESTER, D., HVEZDA, J., SULLIVAN, S. & PLOURDE, R. (1983). Maslow's hierarchy of needs and psychological health. Journal of General Psychology, 109, 83-85. NYAMEH, J. (2013). Application of the Maslow's hierarchy of need theory; impacts and implications on organizational culture, human resource and employee's performance. International Journal of Business & Management Invention, 2 (3), 39-45. [PDF]
  OZGUNER, Z. & OZGUNER, M. (2014). A managerial point of view on the relationship between of Maslow's hierarchy of needs and Herzberg's dual factor theory. International Journal of Business & Social Science, 5 (7), 207-215. [PDF]
Voir aussi Besoin et Maslow
Masochisme : Jouissance, la plupart du temps sexuelle, que l'on obtient en s'infligeant une souffrance volontaire. Un écrivain autrichien du 19e siècle, Sacher-Masoch, a décrit le plaisir particulier que procure cette souffrance. Masochisme et sadisme. Masochism.

  STEKEL, W. (1929). Sadism and masochism : the psychology of hatred and cruelty. New York (NY) : Liveright Publishing Corporation. CAPLAN, P.J. (1984). The myth of women's masochism. American Psychologist, 39 (2), 130-139.
HORNEY, K. (1935). The problem of feminine masochism. Psychoanalytic Review, 22, 241-257. WEINBERG, M.S., WILLIAMS, C.J. & MOSER, C.A. (1984). The social constituents of sadomasochism. Social Problems, 31 (4), 379-389.
LOEWENSTEIN, R.M. (1938). L'origine du masochisme et la théorie des pulsions. Revue Française de Psychoanalyse, 10, 293-321 GLENN, J. (1984). A note on loss, pain, and masochism in children Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 32, 63-73.
DOOLEY, L. (1941). The relation of humor to masochism. Psychoanalytic Review, 28, 37-46 MALESON, F.G. (1984). The multiple meanings of masochism in psychoanalytic discourse. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 32, 325-356
REIK, T. (1941). Masochism and modern man. New York : Toronto, Farrar & Rinehart. NOVICK, K.K. & NOVICK, J. (1987). The essence of masochism. The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 42, 353-384.
BRENMAN, M. (1952). On teasing and being teased: and the problem of "moral masochism.The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 7, 264-285 SILVERMAN, K. (1988). Masochism and male subjectivity. Camera Obscura 17, 30–67.
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (1957). A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 5, 197-234. GROSSMAN, W.I. (1991). Pain, aggression, fantasy, and concepts of sadomasochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60, 22-51. [PDF]
ZILLMANN, D., BRYANT, J. & CARVETH, R.A. (1981). The effect of erotica featuring sadomasochism and bestiality on motivated intermale aggression. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 153-159. KERNBERG, O.F. (1991). Sadomasochism, sexual excitement, and perversion. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 39, 333-362.
QUINSEY, V.L., CHAPLIN, T.C. & UPFOLD, D. (1984). Sexual arousal to nonsexual violence and sadomasochistic themes among rapists and non-sex offenders. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 651-657. MOSER, C.A. & KLEINPLATZ, P.J. (2006). Sadomasochism : Powerful pleasures. Routledge.
  KRUEGER, R.B. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for sexual masochism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39, 346-356. [PDF]
Voir aussi Sadisme.
Masquage : En conditionnement répondant, lorsque deux stimuli neutres A et B sont associés simultanément (stimulus composite) avec un stimulus inconditionnelle, l'un des deux stimulis neutres, devenus conditionnées, a souvent un effet moindre sur la réponse conditionnelle. Si A est plus efficace, on dira alors qu'il masque l'effet de B. EX: Vous associez un bruit de cloche (A) et une lumière rouge (B) à une décharge électrique (SI), et vous constatez, après le conditionnement, que la cloche provoque davantage de réponse de peur (RC) que la lumière rouge; la cloche masque donc l'effet de la lumière. Masquage et effet de masquage. Overshadowing.

  MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1971). An analysis of overshadowing and blocking. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 23, 118-125. BOUTON, M.E., JONES, D.L., McPHILLIPS, S.A. & SWARTZENTRUBER, D. (1986). Potentiation and overshadowing in odor-aversion learning : Role of method of odor presentation, the distal-proximal cue distinction, and the conditionability of odor. Learning & Motivation, 17, 115-138.
MILES, C.G. & JENKINS, H.M. (1973). Overshadowing in operant conditioning as a function of discriminability. Learning & Motivation, 4 (1), 11-27.  
TENNANT, W.A. & BITTERMAN, M.E. (1975). Blocking and overshadowing in two species of fish. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 1, 22-29. NAVARRO, J.I., HALLAM, S.C., MATZEL, L.D. & MILLER, R.R. (1989). Superconditioning and overshadowing.Learning & Motivation, 20, 130-152.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1976). Overshadowing and stimulus intensity. Animal Learning & Behaviour, 4, 186-192. COLE, R.P., OBBERLING, P. & MILLER, R.R. (1999). Recovery from one-trial overshadowing. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 6, 424-431.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & REESE, B. (1979). One-trial overshadowing. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 31, 519-526. BLAISDELL, A.P., DENNISTON, J.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1999). Posttraining shifts in the overshadowing stimulus-US interval alleviates the overshadowing deficit. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25, 18-27.
GARRUD, P., GOODALL, G. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1981). Overshadowing of a stimulus-reinforcer association by an instrumental response. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 33B, 123-135. SANCHEZ-MORENO, J., RODRIGO, T., CHAMIZO, V.D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1999). Overshadowing in the spatial domain. Animal Learning & Behaviour, 27, 391-398.
SCHMAJUK, N.A., SPEAR, N.E. & ISSACSON, R.L. (1983). Absence of overshadowing in rats with hippocampal lesions. Physiological Psychology, 11, 59-62. OBERLING, P., BRISTOL, A., MATUTE, H. & MILLER, R.R. (2000). Biological significance attenuates overshadowing, relative validity, and degraded contingency effects. Animal Learning & Behavior, 28, 172-186.
  DE HOUWER, J. & BECKERS, T. (2002). Second-order backward blocking and unovershadowing in human causal learning. Experimental Psychology, 49 (1), 27-33. [PDF]
CHAMIZO, V.D., STERIO, D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1985). Blocking and overshadowing between intra-maze and extra-maze cues : A test of the independence of locale and guidance learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 37B, 235-253. PEARCE, J.M., GRAHAM, M., GOOD, M.A., JONES, P.M. & McGREGOR, A. (2006). Potentiation, overshadowing, and blocking of spatial learning based on the shape of the environment. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 32, 201-214.
MATZEL, L.D., SCHACHTMAN, T.R. & MILLER, R.R. (1985). Recovery of an overshadowed association achieved by extinction of the overshadowing stimulus. Learning & Motivation, 16 (4), 398-412. McGREGOR, A., HORNE, M., ESBER, G.O. & PEARCE, J.M. (2009). Absence of overshadowing between a landmark and geometric cues in a distinctively shaped environment : A test of Miller and Shettleworth (2007). Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 35, 357-371.
Voir aussi Conditionnement répondant
Massage :

  FIELD, T.M. (1998). Massage therapy effects. American Psychologist, 53 (12), 1270-1281. [PDF]
Masse critique : Expression qui sert à désigner le fait que pour qu'un changement puisse se produire - habituellement un chagement collectif - il faut réunir plusieurs conditions ou faire en sorte qu'un facteur X devienne déterminant. Le mot masse est ici utilisé par analogie pour exprimer l'idée qu'un facteur X doit être assez "lourd" pour faire "basculer" le facteur Y. Masse critique, facteur déterminant et action collective.

  MARWELL, G. & OLIVER, P. (1993). The critical mass in collective action. Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press.
Massicotte Louis ( ) : Politologue québécois et professeur de sciences politiqes à l'Université Laval, spécialisé dans l'étude des principes démocratiques qui régissent les institutions politiques.
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1997). Electoral formulas : A macroscopic perspective. European Journal of Political Research, 32, 107-129.
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1999). Mixed electoral systems. A conceptual and empirical survey. Electoral Studies, 18 (3), 341-366.
MASSICOTTE, L. (2000). Le pouvoir exécutif : La monarchie et le Conseil des ministres. In M. Tremblay, M.R. Pelletier et R. Pelletier (Dirs.), Le système parlementaire canadien (p. 265-296). Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
MASSICOTTE, L. (2001). Legislative unicameralism : A global survey and a few case studies. Journal of Legislative Studies, 7(1), 151-170.
MASSICOTTE, L., BLAIS, A. & YOSHINAKA, A. (2004). Establishing the rules of the game. Election laws in democracies. Toronto : University of Toronto Press.
Massoud Sami Gabriel ( ) : Politologue, historien et professeur de science politique au Collège Ahuntsic. Il se spécialise dans l'étude de la civilisation mamluk.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2003). Al-Maqrizi as a historian of the reign of Barquq. Mamluk Studies Review, 7 (2), 119-136.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2006). Notes on the contemporary sources of the year 793. Mamluk Studies Review, 9 (1), 163-206.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2007). The chronicles and annalistic sources of the early Mamluk circassian period. Herndon, VA : Brill Academic Publishers. [PDF]
MASSOUD, S.G. (2009). Ibn Qadi Shuhbah's Al-Dhayl, Al-Mutawwhal : The making of an all Mamluk chronicle. Quaderni di Studi Arabi, 4, 61-79.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2010). "al-'Ayn ?". In G. Dunphy (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the medieval chronicle (pp. 137-138). Leiden : Brill.
 
LEWICKA, P. (2009). SAMI G. MASSOUD, The chronicles and annalistic sources of the early Mamluk Circassian : a review. Chicago : Middle East Documentation Center, The University of Chicago. [PDF]
Masters William Howell (Cleveland 1915-2001 Tucson Arizona) : Medecin gynécologue et pionnier de l'étude de la sexualité en laboratoire. Avec Johnson, il a décrit la réponse sexuelle et développé des thérapies pour guérir les dysfonctions sexuelles. Collaborateur de Johnson.
MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1966). Human sexual response. Boston : Little, Brown & Cie.
MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1970/81). Human sexual inadequacy. Little, Brown/Bantam Books.
MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1975). The pleasure bond. Little : Brown.
 
 
Mastro Dana E. ( ) : Spécialiste américaine de la communication. Elle s'intéresse au rôle des médias dans la représentation des races et des ethnies, notamment des Latinos et des Afro-Américains.
MASTRO, D.E. & GREENBERG, B.S. (2000). The portrayal of racial minorities on prime time television. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 44 (4), 690-703. [PDF]
MASTRO, D.E. & BEHM-MORAWITZ E. (2005). Latino representation on primetime television. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 82, 110-130. [PDF]
MASTRO, D.E. & KOPACZ, M. (2006). Media representations of race, prototypicality, and policy reasoning : An application of self-categorization theory. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 50, 305-322.
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. & ORTIZ, M. (2007). The cultivation of social perceptions of Latinos : A mental models approach. Media Psychology, 9, 1-19.
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ E. & KOPACZ, M. (2008). Exposure to TV portrayals of Latinos : The implications of aversive racism and social identity theory. Human Communication Research, 34, 1-27. [PDF]
Masturbation : Manipulation des organes génitaux qui permet l'obtention d'un plaisir ou d'un orgasme. Pour Woody Allen, «C'est la manière la plus sûre de faire l'amour avec quelqu'un qu'on aime». Masturbation et onanisme. = auto-érotisme, auto-stimulation, branlette, seul-avec-dieu. Masturbation.

  TISSOT, S.A.D. (1766). L'onanisme. Dissertation sur les maladies produites par la masturbation. Paris : Garnier et frères. / Onanism, or a treatise upon the disorders of masturbation. London : J. Pridden. MARQUIS, J.N. (1970). Orgasmic reconditioning : Changing sexual object choice through controlling masturbation fantasies. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 1, 262-264.
GELEERD, E.R. (1943). The analysis of a case of compulsive masturbation in a dhild. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 12, 520-540. HALPERT, E. (1973). On a particular form of masturbation in women : Masturation with water. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 21, 526-542.
LAMPL-DE GROOT, J. (1950). On masturbation and its influence on general development. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 5, 153-174. KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1974). Directed masturbation and the treatment of primary orgasmic dysfunction. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 3, 349-356.
REICH, A. (1951). The discussion of 1912 on masturbation and our present-day views. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 6, 80-94. GRABER, B., ROHRBAUGH, J.W., NEWLIN, D.B., VARNER, J.L. & ELLINGSON, R.J. (1985). EEG during masturbation and ejaculation. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14, 491-503.
LEVINE, M.I. (1951). Pediatric observations on masturbation in children. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 6, 117-124.  WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1987). The semantics of success : Do masturbation exercises lead to partner orgasm ? Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 13, 3-14.
BORNSTEIN, B. (1953). Masturbation in the latency period. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 8, 65-78. BRENOT, P. (1997). Éloge de la masturbation. Zulma.
ARLOW, J.A. (1953). Masturbation and symptom formation. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 1, 45-58. MARCUS, I.M. & ISAY, R.A. (1980). Adult masturbation : Clinical perspectives. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 28, 637-652.
ELLIS, A. (1955). Masturbation. Journal of Social Therapy, 1 (3), 141-143. LAUFER, M.E. (1982). Female masturbation in adolescence and the development of the relationship to the body. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 63, 295-302.
HAMMERMAN, S. (1961). Masturbation and character. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 9, 287-311. GRABER, B., ROHRBAUGH, J.W., NEWLIN, D.B., VARNER, J.L. & ELLINGSON, R.J. (1985). EEG during masturbation and ejaculation. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14, 491-503.
BERNSTEIN, I. (1962). Dreams and masturbation in an adolescent boy. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 10, 289-302. HURLBERT, D.F. & APT, C. (1995). The coital alignment technique and directed masturbation : A comparative study on female orgasm. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 21 (1), 21-29.
MARCUS, I.M. (1962). Masturbation. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 10, 91-101. PINKERTON, S.D., BOGART, L.M., CECIL. H. & ABRAMSON, P.R. (2002). Factors associated with masturbation in a collegiate sample. Journal of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 14, 103-121.
EVANS, D.R. (1968). Masturbatory fantasy and sexual deviation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6, 17-19.  
Voir aussi Organe génital, Plaisir et Orgasme
Matarazzo Joseph Dominic (Caiazzo 1925-) : Psychologue américain d'origine italienne et spécialiste de la médecine béhaviorale. Président de l'APA en 1989. Collaborateur de Saslow.
MATARAZZO, J.D. & PRIFITERA, A. (1989). Subtest scatter and premorbid intelligence: Lessons from the WAIS-R standardization and sample. Psychological Assessment : A Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 1, 186-191.
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1990). Psychological Assessment vs Psychological Testing : Validation from Binet to the School, clinic and courtroom. American Psychologist, 45, 999-1017.
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1992). Psychological testing in the 21st century. American Psychologist, 47,1007-1018.
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1994). Health and behavior : The coming together of science and practice in psychology and medicine after a century of benign neglect. Journal of Psychology in Medical Settings, 1, 7-39.
MATARAZZO, J.D., HESS, H.F. & SASLOW, G. (2006). Frequency and duration characteristics of speech and silence behavior durling interviews. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 18 (4), 416-426.
Mateo Jill M. ( ) : Psychologue et éthologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude l'écureuil.
MATEO, J.M. (1996). Early auditory experience and the ontogeny of alarm-call discrimination in Belding's ground squirrels (Spermophilus beldingi). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 110, 115-124. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. & HOLMES, W.G. (1997). Development of alarm-call responses in Belding's ground squirrels : the role of dams. Animal Behaviour, 54, 509-524. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. (2004). Recognition systems and biological organization : The perception component of social recognition. Annales Zoologici Fennici, 41, 729-745. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. (2007). Ecological and hormonal correlates of anti-predator behavior in Belding's ground squirrels (Spermophilus beldingi). Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 62 (1), 37-49. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. (2009). The causal role of odours in the development of recognition templates and social preferences. Animal Behaviour, 77, 115-121. [PDF]
Matérialisme : Le terme a deux acceptions : a) En épistémologie, il s'agit d'une doctrine philosophique qui n'admet dans ses explications que des substances ou des objets matériels. Le matérialisme postule donc que nous sommes constitués d'une seule substance, le corps, de nature biologique, donc matériel. En conséquence, le matérialisme nie l'existence de l'esprit, et en réduit les fonctions (mentales ou cognitives) à des propriétés biochimiques du cerveau. La matérialimse se décline en une thèse forte (Type-type theory) et une thèse faible (Type-token theory) : La thèse forte affirme que pour tout événement mental x, il existe un événement y dans le cerveau, donc x = y, alors que la thèse faible postule que... = monisme, physicalisme. /mentalisme, immatériel. ( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Materialism. b) En psychologie et en sociologie, le matérialisme est une valeur qui place l'accumulation des biens au-dessus de tout ou qui considère cette accumulation comme une condition à l'atteinte du bonheur. Materialistic value.
Types de matérialisme philosophique
Matérialisme culturel Matérialisme historique Matérialisme scientifique
Matérialisme dialectique Matérialisme pluraliste  
Matérialisme éliminatif Matérialisme rationnel
 

  a
COURNOT, A.A. (1875). Matérialisme, vitalisme, rationalisme. HARDIN, C.L. (1987). Qualia and materialism : Closing the explanatory gap. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research, 48, 281-298.
LANGE, F.-A. (1877). Histoire du matérialisme et critique de son importance à notre époque. Paris : Reinwald et Cie. TOLMAN, C.W. (1988). Theoretical unification in psychology : A materialist perspective (pp. 29-36). In L.P. Mos, W.J. Baker, H.V. Rappard & H.J. Stam (Eds.), Recent trends in theoretical psychology. New York : Springer-Verlag.
McDOUGALL, W. (1929). Modern materialism and emergent evolution. London : Methuen. BLOCH, O. (Dir.) (1995). Épistémologie et matérialisme. Méridiens Klincksieck.
LAMY, P. (1939). Claude Bernard et le matérialisme. Paris : F. Alcan. BACHELARD, G. (1990). Le matérialisme rationnel. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
NAVILLE, P. (1946). Psychologie, marxisme, matérialisme. Paris : Librairie. Marcel Rivière. ONFRAY, M. (1991/2003). L’art de jouir : Pour un matérialisme hédoniste. Paris : Grasset.
BACHELARD, G. (1953). Le matérialisme rationnel. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. STEMMER, N. (1993). Behavioral materialism, the success of folk psychology, and the ambiguous first-person case. Behavior & Philosophy, 21, 1-14.
LE NY, J.-F. (1963). Le matérialisme et la psychologie sociale. La Pensée, 112, 62-82. LEWIS, D. (1995). Should a materialist believe in qualia? Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 73, 140-44.
SMART, J.J.C. (1963). Materialism. The Journal of Philosophy, 60, 651-662. BLOCH, O. (1995). Le matérialisme. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
HOCUTT, M. (1967). In defense of materialism. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research, 27, 366-385. CHALMERS, D.J. (1999). Materialism and the metaphysics of modality. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research, 59, 473-93.
ARMSTRONG, D. (1968). A materialist theory of mind. London : Routledge et Kegan Paul.  
WILSON, M. (1974). Leibniz and materialism. Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 3, 495-513. MOSER, P.K. (1995). Contemporary materialism : A Reader. Routledge.
HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism. New York : Random House : Random House. BUNGE, M. (2004). Matérialisme et humanisme. Montréal : Liber.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1981). Eliminative materialism and the propositional attitudes. Journal of Philosophy 78, 67-90. QUINIOU, Y. (2004). Athéisme et matérialisme aujourd'hui. Nantes : édition Pleins feux.
LEVINE, J. (1983). Materialism and qualia : The explanatory gap. Pacific Philosophical Quarterly, 64, 354-361. CHALMERS, D.J. (2005). The two-dimensional argument against materialism. In B. McLaughlin (Ed.), Oxford handbook of the philosophy of mind. Oxford : University Press.
VACHER, L.M. (1984). Pour un matérialisme vulgaire. Montréal : Les Herbes rouges. BUNGE, M. (2006). Le matérialisme scientifique. Paris : Syllepses.
LEONARD, P. (1984). Personality and ideology : Towards a materialist understanding of the individual. London : Macmillan. GREENWOOD, J.D. (2009). Materialism, strong continuity and early American psychology. Theory and Psychology, 19, 544-564.
Voir aussi Doctrine
b
LANESSAN, J.-L. de (1918). L'idéal moral du matérialisme et la guerre. Paris : F. Alcan. BAUER, M.A., WILKE, J.E., KIM, J. & BODENHAUSEN, (2012). Cuing consumerism: Situational materialism undermines personal and social well-being. Psychological Science, 23, 517-523.
ARNDT, J., SOLOMON, S., KASSER, T. & SHELDON, K (2004). The urge to splurge: A terror management account of materialism and consumer behavior. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14, 198-212.  
KASSER, T., RYAN, R. M., COUCHMAN, C. & SHELDON, K.M. (2004). Materialistic values : Their causes and consequences. In T. Kasser & A. Kanner (Ed.), Psychology and consumer culture: The struggle for a good life in a materialistic world (pp. 11-28). Washington, DC, US : American Psychological Association.  
 
Matérialisme culturel : Forme de matérialisme proposé par Harris. Cultural materialism.
  HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism : The struggle for a science of culture. New York : Random House. GLENN, S.S. (1988). Contingencies and metacontingencies : Toward a synthesis of behavior analysis and cultural materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 161-179. [PDF]
LLOYD, K.E. (1985). Behavioral anthropology : A review of Marvin Harris’ cultural materialism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (2), 279-287. [PDF] FRALEY, L.E. (1988). Introductory comments : Behaviorology and cultural materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11 (2), 159-160. [PDF]
VARGAS, E.A. (1985). Cultural contingencies : A review of Marvin Harris’s Cannibals and Kings. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (3), 419-428. [PDF] GUERIN, B. (1992). Social behavior as discriminative stimulus and consequence in social anthropology. The Behavior Analyst, 15, 31-41. [PDF]
HARRIS, M. (1986/2007). Cultural materialism and behavior analysis : Common problems and radical solutions. The Behavior Analyst, 30, 37-47. [PDF] WARD, T.A., EASTMAN, R.L. & NINNESS, C. (2009). An experimental analysis of cultural materialism : The effects of various modes of production on resources sharing. Behavior & Social Issues, 18, 58-80. [PDF]
Voir aussi Harris et Matérialisme
Matérialisme dialectique : Forme de matérialisme, soutenu par Hegel, puis repris par la plupart des marxistes. Dialectical materialism.

  LEFEBVRE, H. (1940/46). Le matérialisme dialectique. Presses universitaires de France/ Dialectical materialism. London : Cape.
ACTON, H.B. (1967). Dialectical materialism. In P. Edwards (Ed.), The encyclopedia of philosophy (Vol. 2). New York : Macmillan.
LE NY, J.-F. (1970). Psychologie et matérialisme dialectique. Bruxelles : Éditions Le Pavillon.
TOLMAN, C.W. (1987). Dialectical Materialism as psychological metatheory. In H. Stam, T. Rogers & K. Gergen (Eds.), The Analysis of Psychological theory. New York : Hemisphere.
Voir aussi Matérialisme
Matérialisme éliminatif : Forme de matérialisme qui soutient que les états mentaux - y compris la conscience - ne correpondent à aucune réalité neurale (propriété matérielle); elles ne seraient en fait que des étiquettes ou des mots vides de contenu, mais dont l'usage serait renforcé par la communauté verbale (donc une forme de psychologie populaire). EX: Il n'y a peut-être rien dans le cerveau qui correponde à une attente ou à un désir. = éliminativisme. Eliminative materialism.
  DENNETT, D.C. (1969/86). Content and consciousness. Routledge & Kegan Paul Books Ltd.
RORTY, R. (1970). In defence of eliminative materialism. Review of Metaphysics, 24, 112-121.
LYCAN, W. & PAPPAS, G. (1972). What is eliminative materialism ? Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 50, 149-159.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1981). Eliminative materialism and the propositional attitudes. Journal of Philosophy, 78, 67-90.
Voir aussi Matérialisme
Matérialisme historique : Chez Marx....

  SOREL, G. (1902). Le matérialisme historique. Bulletin de la Société française de Philosophie, 2 (5), 1-27. [PDF]
Voir aussi Matérialisme
Matérialisme pluraliste : Forme de matérialisme.

  TOLMAN, C.W. (1988). Pluralisitc Monism : William James as closet-heraclitean. Psychological Record, 39, 177-194.
Voir aussi Matérialisme
Matérialisme rationnel : Forme de matérialisme.

  BACHELARD, G. (1953). Le matérialisme rationnel. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
Voir aussi Matérialisme
Matérialisme scientifique : Forme de matérialisme.

  BUNGE, M. (2006). Le matérialisme scientifique. Paris : Syllepses.
Voir aussi Matérialisme
Matériel : Dans la théorie cognitive du traitement de l'information, ensemble des structures (mémoires, circuits, filtres et unité centrale) qui permettent le traitement de l'information. Matériel et logiciel. = cerveau, machine. Hardware.

  POMERANTZ, J.R. (1976). Where hardware meets software. Human information processing : Tutorials in performance and cognition. Contemporary Psychology, 21, 274-275.
Matériel (d'une recherche) : Deuxième partie de la méthode d'un article empirique d'un rapport scientifique qui décrit au lecteur le matériel utilisé par le chercheur pour réaliser sa recherche. Il peut s'agir de l'outil de collecte de données, d'un dispositif expérimental, etc.
Les parties de la méthode
Participants/Sujet/Corpus
Matériel
Déroulement
Plan de recherche

 
Maternelle : En éducation, désigne le lieu où l'on prépare les enfants à entrer à l'école. Cette préparation consiste à socialiser les enfants et à leur i les rudiments de l'activité intellectuelle (EX: compter jusqu'à 10, reconnaître des lettres, écrire son nom, classer des objets, observer, etc) et motrice (EX: découper, coller, peindre, etc.). Maternelle, centre de la petite enfance et garderie. Preschool, kindergarten.
  SCHUTTE, R.C. & HOPKINS, B.L. (1970). The effects of teacher attention on following instructions in a kindergarten class. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (2), 117-122. [PDF] BARNETT, W.S. (2001). Preschool education for economically disadvantaged children : Effects on reading achievement and related outcomes. In S. Neuman & D. Dickinson (Eds.), Handbook of early literacy research (pp. 421-443). New York, NY : Guilford Press.
VEDELER, L. (1976). The relationship between pre-school and primary education. Education & Culture, 31, 9-13. LADD, G.W. & KOCHENDERFER-LADD, B.J. (1998). Parenting behaviors and the parent-child relationship : Correlates of peer victimization in kindergarten ? Developmental Psychology, 34, 1450-1458.
AHAMMER, I.M. & MURRAY, J.P. (1979). Kindness in the kindergarten : The relative influence of role playing and prosocial television in facilitating altruism. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 2, 133-157. ARAM, D. (2005). Continuity in children's literacy achievements : A longitudinal perspective from kindergarten to school. First Language, 25 (3), 259-289. [PDF]
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1995). Behavior problems in preschool children : A review of recent research. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 36 (1), 113-149. ROBIN, K.B., FREDE, E. & BERNETTIS, W.S. (2006). Is more better ? The effects of full-day vs. half-day Preschool on early school achievement. National Instiute for early Education Research. [PDF]
FLORIN, A., VERNIER, N. et BERNOUSSI, M. (1996). Garçons et filles à l'école maternelle : Quelles compétences ? Quelles représentations ? In O. Lescarret et M. de Léonardis (Dirs.), Séparation des sexes et compétences (pp. 77-96). Paris : L'Harmattan. PELLEGRINI, A.D., ROSETH, C.J., MLINER, S., BOHN, C.M., VAN RYZIN, M., VANCE, N., CHEATHAM, C.L. & TARULLO, A. (2007). Social dominance in preschool classrooms. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 121 (1), 54-64. [PDF]
STREIN, W., SIMONSON, T. & VAIL, L. (1999). Convergence of views : self-perceptions of african american and white kindergartners. Psychology in the Schools, 36 (2), 125-134. [PDF] SANTOS, A.J., VAUGHN, B.E. & BOST, K.K. (2008). Specifying social structures in preschool classrooms : descriptive and functional distinctions between affiliative subgroups. Acta Ethologica, 11 (2), 101-113. [PDF]
  DE BOISSIEU, C. (2009). Sexes et genres à l'école maternelle : un essai de modélisation du concept de genre scolaire. Recherches et Éducations, 2, 23-43.
AMIGUES R. & ZERBATO-POUDOU M.-T. (2000). Comment l'enfant devient élève : les apprentissages à l'école maternelle. Paris : Retz. MIEYAA, Y., ROUYER, V. et LE BLANC, A. (2010). Identités sexuées et expériences scolaires : le point de vue des jeunes enfants scolarisés à l'école maternelle. In V. Rouyer, S. Croity-Belz et Y. Prêteur (Dirs.), Genre et socialisation de l'enfance à l'âge adulte : expliquer les différences, penser l'égalité (pp. 63-72). Toulouse : Erès.
  MIEYAA, Y., ROUYER, V. et LE BLANC, A. (2012). La socialisation de genre et l'émergence des inégalités à l'école maternelle : le rôle de l'identité sexuée dans l'expérience scolaire des filles et des garçons. L'orientation scolaire et professionnelle, 41 (1), 1-16. [PDF]
Voir aussi Centre de la petite enfance et Garderie
Maternité/Mère : Rôle parental qui consiste à soigner et éduquer un ou plusieurs enfants, au sein d'une famille ou non. Maternité, relation mère- enfant et grossesse. /paternité. Maternal influence, mother care.
  MOSS, H.A. & ROBSON, K.S. (1968). Maternal influences in early social visual behavior. Child Development, 39, 401-408. AMATO, P.R. (1994). Father-child relations, mother-child relations, and offspring psychological well-being in early adulthood. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 56, 1031-1042.
ZEILBERGER, J., SAMPEN, S.E. & SLOANE, H.N. (1968). Modification of a child's problem behaviors in the home with the mother as therapist. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 47-53. [PDF] DUMAS, J.E. & SERKETICH, W.J. (1994). Maternal depressive symptomatology and child maladjustment : A comparison of three process models. Behavior Therapy, 25, 161-181.
CHODOROW, N. (1978). The reproduction of mothering : Psychoanalysis and the sociology of gender. Berkeley: University of California Press. BAKER, D.B. (1994). Parenting stress and ADHD : A cornpaison of mothers and fathers. Journal of Emotional & Behavioral Disorders, 2, 46-50.
DECASPAR, A. & FIFER, W. (1980). Newborns prefer their mother's voices. Science, 208, 1174-1176. CUMMINGS, E.M. & DAVIES, P.T. (1994). Maternal depression and child development. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 73-112. [PDF]
BARKLEY, R.A., CUNNINGHAM, C. & KARLSSON, J. (1983). The speech of hyperactive children and their mothers : Comparisons with normal children and stimulant drug effects. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 16, 105-110. PASCALIS, O., DE SCHONEN, S., MORTON, J., DERUELLE, C & FABRE-GRENET, M. (1995). Mother’s face recognition by neonates : a replication and an extension. Infant Behavior & Development, 18 (1), 79–85. [PDF]
SCARR, S.W. (1984). Mother care other care. New York: Basic Books, Inc. TOUPIN, L. (1996). Des "usages" de la maternité en histoire du féminisme. Recherches Féministes, 9 (2), 113-135.
  PATTERSON, C.J. (1996). Lesbian mothers and their children: Findings from the Bay Area Families Study. In J. Laird & R.J. Green (Eds.), Lesbians and gays in couples and families: A handbook for therapists (pp. 420-437). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
SUSMAN, E.J., TRICKETT, P.K., IANOTTI, R.J., HOLLENBECK, B.E. & ZAHN-WAXLER, C. (1985). Child-rearing patterns in depressed, abusive, and normal mothers. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55 (2), 237-251. DE SINGLY, F. (1996). Le temps, maternel et paternel, consacré à l'enfant. Dans R.B. Dandurand et R. Hurtubise et C. Le Bourdais (Dirs.), Enfances. Perspectives sociales et pluriculturelles (p. 203-217). Institut québécois de recherche sur la culture. Québec : Les Presses de l'Université Laval.
AMES, C. & ARCHER, J. (1987). Mothers' beliefs about the role of ability and effort in school learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79 (4), 409-414. PHARES, V. (1997). Accuracy of Informants : Do parents think that mother knows best ? Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology 25 (2), 165-171.
  CHAN, R.W., RABOY, B. & PATTERSON, C.J. (1998). Psychological adjustment among children conceived via donor insemination by lesbian and heterosexual mothers. Child Development, 69, 443-457.
DESCARRIES, F. (1991). Penser la maternité : les courants d'idées au sein du mouvement contemporain des femmes. Recherches Sociographiques, 32 (3), 347-366. HOFMANN, L.W. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1999). Mothers at work : Effects on children's well-being. New York : Cambridge University Press.
  BAKER, L. & WIGFIELD, A. (1999). Dimensions of children's motivation for reading and their relations to reading activity and reading achievement. Reading Research Quarterly, 34, 452–477. [PDF]
DIX, T. & REINHOLD, D. (1991). Chronic and temporary influences on mothen' attributions forchildren's disobedience. MerriIl-Palmer Quarterly, 37 (2), 251-271. BIANCHI, S.M. (2000). Maternal employment and time with children : Dramatic change or surprising continuity. Demography, 37, 401-414.
  MADON, S., GUYLL, M., SPOTH, R., CROSS, S.E. & HILBERT, S.J. (2004). The self-fulfilling influence of mother expectations on children's underage drinking. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 84 (6), 1188-1205. [PDF]
MILLS, R. & RUBIN, K. (1991). A longitudinal study of matemal beliefs about children's social behaviors. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 38 (4), 494-512. GRAIG, L. (2006). Does father care mean fathers share ? A comparison of how mothers and fathers in intact families spend time with children. Gender & Society, 20 (2), 259-281. [PDF]
BADEN, A. & HOWE, G. (1992). Mothers' attributions and expectüncies regarding their conduct-disordered children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20 (5), 167-384. FINE, C. (2008). Will working mothers' brains explode ? The popular new genre of neurosexism. Neuroethics, 1 (1), 69-72. [PDF]
JAVAIS, G.A. (1993). The children of homosexual and heterosexual single mothers. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 23 (4), 235-248. BROWN, F. & TRIANELLO, D.A. (2010). The path to aversive interventions : Four mothers’ perceptions. Research & Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 35 (3-4-), 128-136. [PDF]
SCOTT, J. & DEMBO, M. (1993). Matemal attributions regarding children's noncornpliant behavior. Child Study Journal, 23 (3), 187-207. MARKERT, J.A., DANLEY, P.D. & ARNEGARD, M.E. (2001). Maternal effects, paternal effects and sexual selection. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 16 (2), 95-100. [PDF]
GRACE, N., KELLEY, M. & McCAIN, A. (1993). Attribution processes in rnother-adolescent conflict. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 21 (2), 199-312. AFFRUNTI, N.W. & GINSBURG, G.S. (2012). Maternal overcontrol and child anxiety : The mediating role of perceived competence. Child Psychiatry Human Development, 43 (1), 102-112. [PDF]
Voir aussi Grossesse, Relation mère- enfant et Parent
Mathematical Cognition (1996-2000) : Revue scientifique de sciences cognitives qui consacrent ses pages à l'étude de l'apprentissage des nombres et du calcul, ainsi qu'à l'enseignement des mathématiques. Éditeur : Routlege.
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1997). Neuropsychological aspects of developmental dyscalculia. Mathematical Cognition, 3 (2), 105-120.

Mathematical Social Sclences : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse à l'axomatisation et à la modélisation mathématique des phénomènes psychologiques et sociaux. Éditeur : Elsevier.
TOWNSEND, J.T. & LANDON, D.E. (1983). Mathematical models of recognition and confusion ln psychology. Mathematical Social Sclences, 4, 25-71. [PDF]

Mathématique(s)/Mathématicien : Science formelle qui a pour objet d'étude les nombres, leurs transformations, leurs opérations et leur relations avec le réel. Mathématique, nombre et enseignement. ( ): Antonius, Axelrod, Babbage, Bayes, Bernoulli, Bonferonni, Bronowski, Castonguay, Condorcet, Cournot, Cantor, Cochran, Dantzig, Diaconis, Drouilly, Duncan, Dunnett, Fortin, Frege, Gardner, Gauss, Goedel, Hilbert, Hofstadter, Holland, Husserl, Kendall, Keynes, Kimura, Kolmogorov, Kraemer, Krantz, Kruskal, Labbé, Landau, Lakoff, Laplace, Lazersfeld, Legendre, Leibnitz, Luce, Mach, Malécot, Markov, Marr, McCarthy, Minsky, Moivre, Nash, Nelder, Newell, Neyman, Nowak, Papert, Pascal, Pitts, Poisson, Rapoport, Rashevsky, Rumelhart, Russell, Schoenfeld, Shannon, Shiffrin, Simon, Smirnov, Snedecor, Tukey, Turing, Thom, Von Neumann, Wald, Weaver, Whitehead, Wiener, Wilks, Winograd, Wolfowitz, Wright, Wright. Mathematics.
  JOHNSON, H.M. (1936). Pseudo-mathematics in the mental and social sciences. American Journal of Psychology, 48, 342-351. [LIRE] VAUGHN, K. (2000). Music and mathematics: Modest support for the oft-claimed relationship. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 34 (3/4), 149-166.
  DEHAENE, S. (2001). La bosse des maths. Paris : Odile Jacob.
STEVENS, S.S. (1951). Mathematics, measurement and psychophysics. In S.S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of Experimental Psychology (pp. 1-49). New York : Wiley & Sons. GEARY, D.C. (2004). Mathematics and learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37, 4-15. [PDF]
  SWANSON, H.L. & BEEBE-FRANKENBERGER, M. (2004). The relationship between working Memory and mathematical problem solving in children at risk and not at risk for serious math difficulties. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96 (3), 471-491. [PDF]
PIAGET, J. (1973). Introduction ? L'épistémologie génétique : La pensée mathématique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. SCHOENFELD, A.H. (2004). The math wars. Educational Policy, 18 (1), 253-286. [PDF]
  WILLIAMS, R.J. & CONNOLLY, D. (2006). Does learning more about the mathematics of gambling change gambling behaviour ? Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 20 (1), 62-68. [PDF]
RESNICK, M. (1981). Mathematics as a science of patterns : Ontology and reference. Nous, 15, 529-550. CHIPMAN, S.F. (2006). Research on the women and mathematical issue : A personnal case history. In A.M. Gallagher & J.C. Kaufmann (Eds.), Gender differences in mathematics : An integrative psychological approach (pp. 1-24). Cambridge University Press. [PDF]
SHAPIRO, S. (1983). Mathematics and reality. Philosophy of Science, 50, 523-548. REYNA, V.F. & BRAINERD, C.J. (2007). The importance of mathematics in health and human judgment : Numeracy, risk communication, and medical decision making. Learning & Individual Differences, 17 (2), 147-159
DIAMOND, A.M. (1984). The life-cycle research productivity of mathematicians and scientists. The Journal of Gerontology 41 (4), 520-525. [PDF] GUISO, L., MONTE, F., SAPIENZA, P. & ZINGALES, L. (2008). Culture, gender, and math. Science, 320, 1164-1165. [PDF]
CARRAHER, T.N., CARRAHER, D. & SCHLIEMANN, A.D. (1985), Mathematics in the streets and in schools. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 3, 21-29. BULL, R. (2008). Short-term memory, working memory, and executive functioning in preschoolers : Longitudinal predictors of mathematical achievement at age 7 years. Developmental Neuropsychology, 33 (3), 205-228. [PDF]
  SWANSON, H.L., KEHLER, P. & JERMAN, O. & ZHENG, X. (2009). Math disabilities and reading disabilities. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 27 (3), 175-196. [PDF]
ANNETT, M. & MANNING, M. (1990). Arithmetic and laterality. Neuropsychologia, 28 (1), 61-69. CECI, S.J. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010). The mathematics of sex : How biology and society conspire to limit talented women and girls. New York : Oxford University Press.
SHULL, R.L. (1991). Mathematical description of operant behavior: an introduction. In I.H. Iversen and K.A. Lattal (Eds.), Experimental analysis of behavior (Vol. 2, pp. 243-282). New York : Elsevier. [PDF] CECI, S.J. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010). The mathematics of sex : How biology and society conspire to limit talented women and girls. New York : Oxford University Press.
CARNINE, D. (1991). Reforming mathematics instruction : The role of curriculum materials. Journal of Behavioral Education, 1 (1), 37-57. CVENCEK, D., GREENWALD, A.G. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (2012). Math-gender stereotypes in elementary school children. Child Development, 82 (3), 766-779. [PDF]
CHIPMAN, S., KRANTZ, D.H. & SILVER, R. (1992). Mathematics anxiety and science careers among able college women. Psychological Science, 3, 292-295. RAMIREZ, G., GUNDERSON, E.A., LEVINE, S.C. & BEILOCK, S.L. (2013). Math anxiety, working memory and math achievement in early elementary school. Journal of Cognition & Development, 14 (2), 187-202. [PDF]
  WU, S.S., WILLCUTT, E.G., ESCOVAR, E. & MENON, V. (2014). Mathematics achievement and anxiety and their relation to internalizing and externalizing behaviors. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 47 (6), 503-514. [PDF]
Voir aussi Enseignement des mathématiques, Dyscalculie et Enseignement des mathématiques
 
Mathématiques (Enseignement et apprentissage des...) : Voir Enseignement des mathématiques.
Matière : Toute chose ou objet que l'on peut située dans le temps et l'espace. Une partie de la matière est observable. = organisme, corps. /esprit. Matter.

Matière
Matière blanche Matière noire Matière scolaire
Matière grise    
 

   JACQUARD, A. (1995). La matière et la vie. Paris : Les Essentiels, Milan.
 CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1999). Matière et conscience. Paris : Champ Vallon.
 TRUSTED, J. (1999). Mystery of matter. Palgrave Macmillan UK
Voir aussi Objet matériel
Matière blanche : Voir Substance blanche. White matter.
Matière grise : Voir Substance grise. Grey matter.
Matière noire : Voir Substance noire. Black matter
Matière scolaire : Contenu d'un cours, d'un programme scolaire. = Ce que l'on enseigne à l'école. EX: Les mathématiques sont une matière scolaire.

  BOUFFARD, T., VEZEAU, C., CHOUINARD, R. et SIMARD, G. (2006). Les déterminants motivationnels du rendement d'élèves du primaire selon leur genre et la matière scolaire. Enfance, 4, 395-409.
Voir aussi Objectif d'apprentissage, Cursus, École et Programme scolaire
 
Matlin Margaret W. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine et féministe. Elle est l'auteure de plusieurs livres d'introduction à la psychologie.
MATLIN, M. & STANG, D.J. (1978). The Pollyanna principle : Selectivity in language, memory, and thought. Cambridge, Massachusetts : Schenkman Publishing Company.
MATLIN, M., STANG, D.J., GAWRON, V.J., FREEDMAN, A. & DERDY, P.L. (1979). Evaluative meaning as a determinant of spew position. Journal of General Psychology, 100, 3-11.
MATLIN, M. & FOLEY, H.J. (1997). Sensation and perception. Boston : Allyn & Bacon.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons. / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université.
MATLIN, M. (1987/2007). Psychology of women. Wadsworth Publishing Company / La psychologie des femmes Paris : Deboeck Université.
Matos Maria Amelia (Birigüi 1939-2005) : Psychologue béhavioriste brésilienne. Étudiante de Keller et Schoenfeld. Collaborateur de Snapper.
SCHOENFELD, W.N., MATOS, M.A & SNAPPER, A.G. (1967). Cardiac conditioningin the whiterat with food presentations as unconditional stimulus. Conditional Reflex, 2 (1), 56-67.
MATOS, M.A. & HÜBNER, M.M. (1992). Equivalence relations and reading. In S.C. Hayes and L.J. Hayes (Eds.), Understanding verbal relations (pp. 83-94). Reno, NV : Context Press.
MATOS, M.A. & LOPES JUNIOR, J. (1999). Contextual control and stimulus equivalence. Acta Comportamentalia, 7, 117-146.
MATOS, M.A. & MALERBI, F.E.K. (2001). Blood glucose discrimination training : The role of internal and external cues. Journal of Health Psychology, 6, 243-253.
MATOS, M.A., HÜBNER, M.M., SERRA, V.R.B.P., BASAGLIA, A.E. & AVANZI, A.L. (2003). Network of conditional relations and recombinative reading : Researching teaching and reading. Arquivos Brasileiros de Psicologia, 54, 284-303.
 
TOMANARI, G.Y. (2006). We lost a leader : Maria Amelia Matos (1939-2005). The Behavior Analyst, 29, 109-112. [PDF]
Matriarcat : /patriarcat. Matrilineal society.

  GNEEZY, U., LEONARD, K.L. & LIST, J.A. (2009). Gender differences in competition : evidence from a matrilineal and a patriarchal society. Econometrica, 77 (5), 1637-1664. [PDF]
Matrice :

Les types de matrice
Matrice aléatoire Matrice de corrélation Matrice de données
 
Matrice aléatoire : Random matrix.

  DIACONIS, P. (2005). What is... a random matrix ? Notices of the American Mathematical Society, 52, 1348-1349.
Matrice de corrélation : Tableau qui présente les résultats des tests de corrélations (coefficient) entre deux ou plusieurs variables. Correlation matrix.

 
Matrice de données : Tableau dans lequel on inscrit ou on compile des données d'une recherche. En statistique, il existe deux types de matrice, la matrice de données brutes et la matrice de données compilées ou analysées. Matrix of data.

  ROTNITZKY, A., COX, D.R., BOTTAI, M. & ROBINS, J. (2000). Likelihood- based inference with singular information matrix. Bernoulli, 6, 243-284.
Matson Johnny Lee (1951-) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'autisme et des techniques de modification du comportement, notamment la surcorrection. Collaborateur de Ollendick, Kazdin, Luiselli et Singh.
MATSON, J.L. & SMITH S.C. (1978). Treatment of self-injurious behavior with overcorrection. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research, 22, 175-178. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L. (2007). Current status of differential diagnosis for children with autism spectrum disorders. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 109-118. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. (2007). A review of methodological issues in the differential diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L. & NEAL, D. (2009). Diagnosing high incidence autism spectrum disorders in adults. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3 (3), 581-589. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L. & KOZLOSKI, A.M. (2011). The increasing prevalence of autism spectrum disorders. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 5, 418-425. [PDF]
Matsuzawa Tetsuro (1950-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et primatologue, d'origine japonaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la psychologie comparée, et plus particulièrement du chimpanzé. Collègue d'Iversen, King et Weiss.
MATSUZAWA, T. (1985). Use of numbers by a chimpanzee. Nature, 315, 57-59.
MATSUZAWA, T. (1986). Spontaneous sorting in man and chimpanzee. Primate Report, 14, 180.
MATSUZAWA, T. (1991). Nesting cups and meta-tool in chimpanzees. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 14 (4), 570-571.
INOUE, S. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2007). Working memory of numerals in chimpanzees. Current Biology, 17 (23), 1004-1005. [PDF]
MATSUZAWA, T. (2009). Symbolic representation of number in chimpanzees. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 19, 92-98. [PDF]
Mattaini Mark A. ( ) : Béhavioriste d'origine américaine et spécialiste des organisations. Collaborateur de Ward.
MATTAINI, M.A. (1990). Contextual behavior analysis in the assessment process. Families in Society, 71, 236-245.
MATTAINI, M.A. (1991). Choosing weapons for the war on "crack" : An operant analysis. Research on Social Work Practice, 1, 188-213.
MATTAINI, M.A. (2003). Constructing nonviolent alternatives to collective violence : a scientific strategy. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility, 12, 148-163.
MATTAINI, M.A. (2004). Systems, metacontingencies, and cultural analysis : Are we there yet ? Behavior & Social Issues, 14, 124-130.
MATTAINI, M.A. & ASPHOLM, R. (2016). Contributions of behavioral systems science to leadership for a new progressive movement. The Behavior Analyst, 39 (1), 109-121. [PDF]
Matthews
Byron A. Matthews Gerard Matthews Karen A Matthews
 
Matthews Byron A. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage. Collaborateur de Catania, Sagvolden et Shimoff.

MATTHEWS, B.A. (1977). Magnitudes of score differences produced within sessions in a cooperative exchange procedure. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 27 (2), 331-340. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, M.A., SHIMOFF, E., CATANIA, A.C. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (1977). Uninstructed human responding : Sensitivity to ratio and interval contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 27 (3), 453-467. [PDF]
CATANIA, A.C., MATTHEWS, B.A. & SHIMOFF, E. (1982). Instructed versus shaped human verbal behavior : Interactions with nonverbal responding. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (3), 233-248. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, M.A., KORDONSKI, E.W. & SHIMOFF, E. (1983). Temptation and the maintenance of trust : Effects of bilateral punishment capability. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 27 (2), 255-277.
SHIMOFF, E., MATTHEWS, B.A. & CATANIA, A.C. (1986). Human operant performance : Sensitivity and pseudosensitivity to contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46 (2), 149-157. [PDF]
Matthews Gerard ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence émotionnelle. Collaborateur de Zeidner.
MATTHEWS, G. & ROBERTS, R.D. (2001). Slow down, you move too fast: Emotional intelligence remains an "elusive" intelligence. Emotion, 1, 265-275.
MATTHEWS, G., CAMPBELL, S.E., FALCONER, S., JOYNER, L., HUGGINS, J., GILLILAND, K., GRIER, R. & WARM, J.S. (2002). Fundamental di- mensions of subjective state in performance settings: Task engagement, distress and worry. Emotion, 2, 315-340.
MATTHEWS, G., ROBERTS, R.D. & ZEIDNER, M. (2004). Seven myths about emotional intelligence. Psychological Inquiry, 15 (3), 179-196. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, G., EMO, A., FUNKE, G., ZEIDNER, M. & ROBERTS R.D. (2006). Emotional intelligence, personality, and task-induced stress. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 12, 96-107
MATTHEWS, G., ZEIDNER, M. & ROBERTS, R.D. (2012). Emotional intelligence : A promise unfulfilled ? Japanese Psychological Research, 54, 105-127.
Matthews Karen A. ( ) : Psychologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des déterminants biologiques et sociaux du stress.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1977). Caregiver-child interactions and the Type A coronary-prone behavior pattern. Child Development, 48, 1752-756.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1989). Are sociodemographic variables markers for psychological determinants of health ? Health Psychology, 8, 641-648.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1992). Myths and realities of the menopause. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 1-9.
MATTHEWS, K.A., KIEFE, C.I., LEWIS, C.E., LIU, K., SIDNEY, S. & YUNIS, C. (2002). Socioeconomic trajectories and incident hypertension in a biracial cohort of young adults. Hypertension, 39, 772-776.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (2005). Psychological perspectives on the development of coronary heart disease. American Psychology, 60, 783-796.
Mattingly Ignatius G. (St-Joseph 1927-2004) : Linguiste américain et spécialiste de la perception et de la production de la parole. Collaborateur de Cooper, Delattre, Liberman et Liberman.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1966). Synthesis by rule of prosodic features. Language & Speech, 9, 1-13.
MATTINGLY, I.G., LIBERMAN, A.M. SYRDAL, A.K. & HALWES, T. (1971). Discrimination in speech and nonspeech modes. Cognitive Psychology, 2, 131-157.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1972). Speech cues and sign stimuli. American Scientist, 60, 327-337.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1990). The global character of phonetic gestures. Journal of Phonetics, 18, 445-452.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1991). Reading and the biological function of linguistic representation. In I. G. Mattingly & M. Studdert-Kennedy (Eds.), Modularity and the motor theory of speech perception (pp. 339-346). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Matthys Walter C.H.J. ( ) : Psychiatre irlandais.
MATTHYS, W., VAN LOO, P., PACHEN, V., DE VRIES, H., VAN HOOFF, J.A.RA.M. & VAN ENGELAND, H. (1994). Behavior of conduct disordered children in interaction with each other and with normal peers. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 25, 183-195.
MATTHYS, W., DE VRIES, H., HECTORS, A., VEERBEEK, M., HEIDMANN, W., GOUD, M., VAN HOOFF, J.A.RA.M. & VAN ENGELAND, H. (1995). Differences between conduct disordered and normal control children in their tendencies to escalate or neutralize conflicts when interacting with normal peers Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 26, 29-41.
MATTHYS, W., WALTERBOS, W., VAN ENGELAND, H. & KOOPS, W. (1995). Conduct-disorderd boys' perceptions of their liked peers. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 19, 357-372.
MATTHYS, W.C.H.J., CUPERUS, J.M. VAN ENGELAND, H. (1999). Deficient social problems-solving in boys with ODD/CD, with ADHD, and with both disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 311-321.
MATTHYS, W.C.H.J, VAN GOOZEN, S.H.M., SNOEK, H. & VAN ENGELAND, H. (2004). Response perseveration and sensitivity to reward and punishment in boys with oppositional defiant disorder. European child & adolescent psychiatry, 13 (6), 362-364.
Maturation : Ensemble de transformations biologiques qui sont déterminées héréditairement et dont le développement est relativement indépendant du milieu physique et social. Maturation.

  STONE, C.P. (1934). Maturation and "instinctive" functions. In F.A. Moss (Ed.), Comparative psychology (pp. 37-67). New York : Prentice-Hall.
WINNICOT, D. (1983). Processus de maturation chez l'enfant. Paris : Payot.
Maturité : Concept emprunté à la biologie (fruit mûr, goéland immature) pour décrire un individu capable d'agir en adulte. Maturity.

  WALKER, L.J. & PITTS, R.C. (1998). Naturalistic conceptions of moral maturity. Developmental Psychology, 34 (3), 403-419. [PDF]
APTER, T. (2001). The myth of maturity : What teenagers need from parents to become adults. London : W.W. Norton.
Mauss Marcel Israël (Épinal France 1872-1950 Paris) : Sociologue et éthnologue français. Étudiant de Durkeim et professeur de Jousse.
MAUSS, M. et HUBERT, H. (1902-3). Esquisse d'une théorie générale de la magie. Année Sociologique.
MAUSS, M. (1924). Essai sur le don. Sociologie et anthropologie.
MAUSS, M. (1967). Manuel d'ethnographie. Paris : Petite bibliothèque Payot.
MAUSS, M. (1968). Essais de sociologie. Paris : Editions du Seuil.
MAUSS, M. (1997). Écrits politiques. Paris : Fayard.
 
Mauve : Voir Couleur.
Mawhinney Thomas C. ( ) : Psychologue organisationel béhavioriste d'origine américaine et spécialiste du leaderhip. Collaborateur de Redmon.

MAWHINNEY, T.C. (1975). Operant terms and concepts in the description of individual work behavior : Some problems of interpretation, application, and evaluation. Journal of Applied P sychology, 60, 704-712.
MAWHINNEY, T.C. & FORD, J.D. (1977). The path goal theory of leader effectiveness : an operant interpretation. Academy of Management Review, 2, 398-411.
MAWHINNEY, T.C., DICKINSON, A.M. & TAYLOR, T.A. (1989). The use of concurrent schedules to evaluate the effects of extrinsic rewards on "intrinsic motivation". Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 10 (1), 109-129.
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (1992). Total quality management and organizational behavior management : an integration for continual improvement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (3), 524-543. [PDF]
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (2005). Effective leadership in superior-subordinate dyads : theory and data. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 25 (4), 37-77.
MAY - MAYER - MAYNARD SMITH - MAYO - MAYR - MAZUR - MC
May Rollo (Ohio 1909-1994 Californie) : Psychologue humaniste et existentialiste américain et figure de proue de la perspective humaniste. De nombreux historiens des sciences le considérent comme le père de l'existentialisme américain. Collaborateur de Roger et Schneider.
MAY, R., ANGEL, E. & ELLENBERGER, H.L. (Eds.) (1958). Existence. New York : Basic Books.
MAY, R. (1950/96). The meaning of anxiety. New York : W.W. Norton.
MAY, R. (1965/89). The art of counseling. Gardner Press.
MAY, R. (1981/99). Freedom and destiny. W.W. Norton.
MAY, R. & ROGERS, C. (1984). American politics and humanistic psychology. Dallas : Tom Greening Editor.
 
BUGENTAL, J.T. (1996). Rollo May (1909-1994) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 51 (4), 418-419.
Mayer/Maier/Mayr
G. Roy Mayer Norman Raymond Frederick Maier Ernst Mayr
John D. Mayer Steven F. Maier Ulrich Mayr
Richard E. Mayer   Voir aussi Meyer
 
Mayer G. Roy ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé en éducation et en développement. Il s'intéresse notamment au vandalisme et aux comportements anti-sociaux. Collaborateur de Sulzer-Azaroff.
MAYER, G.R., BUTTERWORTH, T., NAKPAKTITIS, M. & SULZER-AZAROFF, B. (1983). Preventing school vandalism and improving discipline : a three-year study. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 16 (4), 355-369. [PDF]
MAYER, G.R. & BUTTERWORTH, T. (1981). Evaluating a preventive approach to reducing school vandalism. Phi Delta Kappan, 62, 498-499.
MAYER, G.R., NAKPAKTITIS, M., BUTTERWORTH, T. & HOLLINGSWORTH, P. (1987). A search for the elusive setting events of school vandalism : A corelational study. Education & Treatment of Children, 10, 259-270.
MAYER, G.R., MITCHELL, L., CLEMENTI, T., CLEMENT-ROBERTSON, E., MYATT, R. & BULARA, D.T. (1993). A dropout prevention program for at-risk high school students : Emphasizing consulting to promote positive classroom climates. Education & Treatment, 16, 135-146.
MAYER, G.R. (1995). Preventing antisocial behavior in the schools. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (4), 467-478. [PDF]
Mayer John D. ( ) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité. Avec Salovey, il a développé le concept d'intelligence émotionelle. Collaborateur de Salovey.
MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P. (1997). What is emotional intelligence ? In P. Salovey & D. Sluyter (Eds.), Emotional development and emotional intelligence : Implications for educators (pp. 3-31). New York : Basic Books.
MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D.R. (2000). Emotional intelligence meets traditional standards for an intelligence. Intelligence, 27 (4), 267-298. [PDF]
MAYER, J.D. (2003). Structural divisions of personality and the classification of traits. Review of General Psychology, 7, 381-401. [PDF]
MAYER, J.D., SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D.R. (2004). Emotional intelligence : Theory, findings, and implications. Psychological Inquiry, 60, 197-215. [PDF]
MAYER, J.D. (2004). How does psychotherapy influence personality ? A theoretical integration. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60 (12), 1291-1315. [PDF]
Mayer Richard E. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans le développement d'applications pédagogiques. Collaborateur de Bavelier et Chandler.
MAYER, R.E. (1989). Models for understanding. Review of Educational Research, 59, 43-64.
MAYER, R.E. (1997). Multimedia learning : Are we asking the right question ? Educational Psychologist, 32, 1-19. [PDF]
MAYER, R.E. & CHANDLER, P. (2001). Learning is just a click away : Does simple user interaction foster deeper understanding of multimedia messages ? Journal of Educational Psychology, 93, 390-397. [PDF]
MAYER, R.E. (2004). Should there be a three-strikes rule against pure discovery learning ? The case for guided methods of instruction. American Psychologist, 59 (1), 14-19. [PDF]
MAYER, R.E. & JOHNSON, C.I. (2008). Revising the redundancy principle in multimedia learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 100 (2), 380-386.
Maynard Smith John (London 1920-2004) : Biologiste, éthologiste et théoricien de la théorie des jeux appliquée à l'étude de l'évolution. Étudiant de Haldane. Collaborateur de Parker.
MAYNARD SMITH, J. & PRICE, G.R. (1973). The logic of animal conflict. Nature, 246, 15-18.
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1974). The theory of games and animal conflicts. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 47, 209-221. [PDF]
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of games : In situations characterized by conflict of interest, the best strategy to adopt depends on what others are doing. American Scientist, 64 (1), 41-45. [PDF]
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1984). Game theory and the evolution of behaviour. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7, 95-125.
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). The concept of information in biology. Philosophy of Science, 67, 177-194.
 
SIGMUND, F. (2005). John Maynard Smith and evolutionary game theory. Theoritical Population Biology, 68, 7-10. [PDF]
Mayo Elton (Adelaïde Australie 1880-1949) : Sociologue d'origine australienne et psychosociologue avant la lettre. De nombreux historiens des sciences le considèrent comme le père de la psychologie organisationnelle/sociologie du travail (mouvement des relations humaines et conditions de travail). Mayo et l'effet Hawthorne.
MAYO, E. (1933). The human problems of an industrial civilisation. New York : Macmillan.
MAYO, E. (1949). The social problems of an industrial civilisation. London : Routledge & Kegan Paul.
 
 
Mayr Ernst (Kempten Allemagne 1904-2005 Bedford États-Unis) : Biologiste, ornithologue et généticien évolutionniste allemand. Collaborateur de Huxley.
MAYR, E. (1942). Systematics and the origin of species. New York : Columbia University Press.
MAYR, E. (1963). Animal species and evolution. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
MAYR, E. (1970). Populations, species and evolution. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought : Diversity, evolution and inheritance.Cambridge : Harvard University Press. /Histoire de la biologie : diversité, évolution et hérédité. France : Fayard.
MAYR, E. (2001). What evolution is. New York : Basic Books.
 
SHERMER, M. & SULLOWAY, F.J. (2000). The grand old man of evolution : An interview with evolutionary biologist Ernst May. Skeptic, 8 (1), 76-82. [PDF]
Mayr Ulrich ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude la mémoire à long terme et du vieillissement. Collaborateur de Anderson.
MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R. (2000). Complex semantic processing in old age : Does it stay or does it go ? Psychology & Aging, 15, 29-34. [PDF]
MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R. (2000). Task-set switching and long-term memory retrieval. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26 (5), 1124-1140. [PDF]
MAYR, U. (2006). What matters in the cued task-switching paradigm : Tasks or cues ? Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 5, 794-799. [PDF]
MAYR, U. (2010). The surface structure and the deep structure of sequential control : What can we learn from task-span switch costs ? Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 17, 693-698. [PDF]
MAYR, U., KUHNS, D. & HUBBARD, J. (2014). Long-term memory and the control of attentional control. Cognitive Psychology 72, 1-26. [PDF]
Mazur
Allan Carl Mazur Eric Mazur James E. Mazur
 
Mazur Allan Carl ( ) : Sociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dominance sociale et sur le role de la testostérone dans l'établissement de cette dominance.
MAZUR, A., BOOTH, A. & DABBS, J. (1992). Testosterone and chess competition. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 70-77.
MAZUR, A. (2005). Biosociology of dominance and deference. Rowman & Littlefield Pub.
MAZUR, A. (2006). Testosterone and social behavior. Social Forces, 86, 166-191.
KRAUSE, W., MUELLER, U. & MAZUR, A. (2006). Testosterone supplementation in the aging male : Which questions have to be answered ? The Aging Male, 8, 31-38.
MAZUR, A. (2009). Dominance hierarchies. In J. Levine & M. Hogg (Eds.), Encyclopedia of group processes and intergroup relations. Sage.
Mazur Eric ( ) : Physicien américain et spécialiste de l'enseignement. Il a développé une méthode d'enseignement centrée sur les pairs (peers instruction).
MAZUR, E. (1997). Peer instruction : A user's manual : Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice Hall.
CROUCH, C.H. & MAZUR, E. (2001). Peer Instruction : Ten years of experience and results. American Journal of Physics, 69 (9), 970-976. [PDF]
FAGEN, A., CROUCH, C.H. & MAZUR, E. (2002). Peer Instruction : results from a range of classrooms. The Physics Teacher, 40, 206-209. [PDF]
LASRY, N., MAZUR, E. & WATKINS, J. (2008). Peer instruction : From Harvard to community colleges. American Journal of Physics 76, 1066-1069.
MAZUR, E. (2009). Farewell, lecture ? Science, 323, 50-51.
Mazur James E. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements de choix, des délais de renforcement et des programmes de renforcement (programme concurrent). Collaborateur de Branch, Fantino, Logue, Shull et Wagner.
MAZUR, J.E. (1983). Steady-state performance on fixed-, mixed-, and random-ratio schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39 (2), 293-307. [PDF]
MAZUR, J.E. (1985). Probability and delay of reinforcement as factors in discrete-trial choice. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (3), 341-351. [PDF]
MAZUR, J.E. (1989). Theories of probabilistic reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51 (1), 87-99.